investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are...
TRANSCRIPT
![Page 1: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/1.jpg)
University of Bath
PHD
Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo-metallic molecularsystems
Lewis, Peter
Award date:2014
Awarding institution:University of Bath
Link to publication
General rightsCopyright and moral rights for the publications made accessible in the public portal are retained by the authors and/or other copyright ownersand it is a condition of accessing publications that users recognise and abide by the legal requirements associated with these rights.
• Users may download and print one copy of any publication from the public portal for the purpose of private study or research. • You may not further distribute the material or use it for any profit-making activity or commercial gain • You may freely distribute the URL identifying the publication in the public portal ?
Take down policyIf you believe that this document breaches copyright please contact us providing details, and we will remove access to the work immediatelyand investigate your claim.
Download date: 10. Jun. 2020
![Page 2: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/2.jpg)
Investigations into hybrids of carbonnanotubes and organo-metallic
molecular systemsSubmitted by
Peter Rex Lewisfor the degree of Doctor of Philosophy
of the
University of BathDepartment of Physics
November 2013
Copyright
Attention is drawn to the fact that copyright of this thesis rests with the
author. A copy of this thesis has been supplied on condition that anyone
who consults it is understood to recognise that its copyright rests with the
author and that they must not copy it or use material from it except as
permitted by law or with the consent of the author.
This thesis may be made available for consultation within the University Li-
brary and may be photocopied or lent to other libraries for the purposes of
consultation.
Signature of author. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Peter Rex Lewis
![Page 3: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/3.jpg)
Abstract
Endohedral functionalization via supercritical CO2 was undertaken in or-
der to produce encapsulation of organometallic systems that are difficult to
encapsulate otherwise due to either their large size or extreme air sensitivity.
Organometallic molecular systems from the prophyrin and phthalocyanine
families (such as NiPc, ClAlPc and NiTPP) were successfully encapsulated
inside of nanotubes with relatively large diameters (centred around 2 nm).
This was assessed by a combination of high resolution transmission electron
microscopy (HRTEM) and Raman spectroscopy. HRTEM revealed previ-
ously unreported ordering of NiTPP, a large planar molecule, in row-like as-
semblies inside nanotubes of diameters that match best the geometrical size
of the molecule (2 nm), highlighting the role of confinement in promoting as-
sembly. Using both endohedral and exohedral functionalization with NiTPP,
ClAlPc and NiPc molecules provided a set of systems differing by only one
specific parameter (e.g. central ion or body type, or size of the HOMO-
LUMO gap), or comparatively affected the ability to bind to the nanotubes
- the associated changes in the electronic properties of the nanotubes were
revealed by resonant Raman spectroscopy. These changes were interpreted
in terms of ability of the guest molecular species to produce charge transfer
to/from the nanotube, and/or induce structural strain.
![Page 4: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/4.jpg)
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank the following people for the contributions they have
made to my PhD studies: My supervisor Dr. Adelina Ilie for all her support,
mentoring and guidance.
All the academic and support staff of the University of Bath who assisted
me during my studies, in particular, Dr. John Mitchels for his help with
operating the TEM and Raman spectrometer of the Microscopy and Analysis
suite; Dr. Daniel Wolverson of the Physics department for his help and
guidance with my Raman spectroscopy experiments; Dr. Simon Brayshaw
of the Chemistry department for his assistance with my molecular filling
experiments; Dr. Michael Grogan for his help with learning how to use the
software of the supercritical CO2 rig and Wendy Lambson for all her help
and advice in the ordering and use of the chemicals which I have needed
during my studies.
The staff at Exeter University Physics department, in particular, Dr.
Annette Plaut for kindly arranging for me to visit Exeter to carry out some
of my Raman spectroscopy investigations and Ellen Green for setting up the
Raman spectrometer and teaching me how to use it. My family and friends
for supporting me throughout my PhD.
![Page 5: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/5.jpg)
Contents
1 Introduction 1
1.1 Motivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Summary of thesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2 Background and theory 5
2.1 Carbon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2 Graphene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.2.1 The graphene lattice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
2.2.2 The reciprocal lattice of graphene . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2.2.3 The tight-binding approximation for the energy band
structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.2.4 The electronic band structure of graphene . . . . . . . 15
2.3 Carbon nanotubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.3.1 Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
2.3.2 The reciprocal lattice of SWNTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.3.3 Electronic structure of SWNTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
2.3.4 Electronic density of states . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
4
![Page 6: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/6.jpg)
3 The encapsulation of molecular systems by carbon nanotubes
using a supercritical carbon dioxide-based method 28
3.1 The effect of curvature upon the
reactivity and binding capability of SWNTs . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.2 Effects of curvature upon molecular
adhesion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.3 Aromatic interaction between molecules and the exterior of
CNTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.4 Effects of curvature upon molecule
diffusion on and in SWNTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
3.5 Molecular encapsulation by SWNTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.5.1 Encapsulation methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.6 Molecular encapsulation by SWNTs using a ScCO2 medium . 45
3.6.1 Supercritical fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.7 ScCO2 induced encapsulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
4 Production of hybrids of nanotubes and organo-metallic molec-
ular systems 52
4.1 Synthesis of carbon nanotubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
4.1.1 Laser vaporization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
4.1.2 Arc-discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
4.1.3 Carbon vapor deposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
4.2 Purification of carbon nanotubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
4.2.1 Impurities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
4.2.2 Thermal oxidation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
4.2.3 Hydrogen peroxide-based oxidation . . . . . . . . . . . 57
5
![Page 7: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/7.jpg)
4.2.4 Acid reflux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
4.2.5 Purification procedures adopted . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
4.3 Characterisation of purified nanotubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
4.3.1 Characterisation of Arc SWNTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
4.3.2 Characterisation of CVD SWNTs . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
4.4 Nanotube end-opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
4.5 Supercritical fluid molecular filling
experiments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
4.5.1 Equipment set-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
4.5.2 Configuration A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
4.5.3 Configuration B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
4.6 Sample production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
4.6.1 (a) ScCO2 filling of nanotubes from powder . . . . . . 67
4.6.2 Summary of samples produced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
4.6.3 (b) ScCO2 filling of nanotubes from a molecular solution 69
4.6.4 (c) Exohedral functionalisation of SWNTs . . . . . . . 71
4.7 Removal of extraneous molecular
material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
5 HRTEM investigations of the internal structure of hybrids
of nanotubes and organo-metallic molecular systems 73
5.1 High Resolution Transmission Electron
Microscopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
5.2 Equipment and experimental methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
5.3 HRTEM of related systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
6
![Page 8: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/8.jpg)
5.4 Structural characterisation of hybrids of SWNTs and endohe-
dral NiTPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
6 Resonant Raman spectroscopy of filled carbon nanotubes 86
6.1 Introduction to the Raman effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
6.1.1 Raman-active molecules - a classical treatment . . . . . 86
6.1.2 Photonic scattering processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
6.1.3 A typical Raman spectrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
6.1.4 Resonant Raman scattering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
6.2 Resonant Raman spectroscopy of SWNTs . . . . . . . . . . . 92
6.2.1 Resonant Raman spectra of SWNT . . . . . . . . . . . 93
6.2.2 Radial breathing modes (RBM) of SWNTs - 0 to 350
cm-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
6.2.3 The G band of SWNTs - ≈ 1580 cm-1 . . . . . . . . . . 99
6.2.4 The D band of SWNTs - ≈ 1350 cm-1 . . . . . . . . . . 103
6.2.5 The effects of doping on the vibrational modes of SWNTs104
6.2.6 Resonance conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
6.3 Experimental considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
6.3.1 Environmental effects upon the resonant
Raman spectra of SWNTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
6.3.2 (i) Effects of contact with the substrate . . . . . . . . . 112
6.3.3 (ii) Thermal effects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
6.3.4 Heating control experiments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
6.3.5 (iii) Vibrational modes of non-nanotube
components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
7
![Page 9: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/9.jpg)
6.4 Results and discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
6.4.1 The SWNT G band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
6.4.2 The SWNT RBM band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
6.5 Discussion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
6.5.1 (i) Charge transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
6.5.2 (ii) Structural strain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
7 Conclusions and future work 163
7.1 Conclusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
7.2 Future work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
![Page 10: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/10.jpg)
Chapter 1
Introduction
1.1 Motivation
Carbon nanotubes are members of the carbon nanomaterials family that
revolutionised the field of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology. After having
been reported in literature for several decades, carbon nanotubes were finally
recognised in 1991 as a new form of carbon [1]. Carbon nanotubes are a one
dimensional material and can be thought of as rolled up sheets of graphene,
a two dimensional carbonaceous material which was only isolated in 2004 [2].
Carbon nanotubes are formed from sp2 hybridized carbon atoms bonded
to form a honeycomb structure. Carbon nanotubes and graphene are very
strong mechanically, due to the strong bonds that form along the sheets
plane. Single-walled carbon nanotubes exhibit semiconducting or metallic
properties depending on how they are rolled [3].
There are two main motivations for functionalizing carbon nanotubes to
produce new hybrid materials, (i) to combine their impressive electronic and
structural properties with those of another system to obtain a new material
with a combination of the properties of both components, and (ii) to make
use of the nanoscale confinement provided by the cavity of the nanotube to
create novel phases of nanomaterials.
1
![Page 11: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/11.jpg)
Single walled carbon nanotubes (SWNTs) can be used to create hybrids in
many ways, either involving the outer surface [4], the inner hollow cavity [5,6]
or even their ends. There are numerous examples of external functionaliza-
tion involving both covalent [4] and non-covalent derivatisation with various
molecular species [7]. The selection of carbon nanotubes as nanoscale con-
tainers for molecular filling is driven by the fact that they provide nanoscale
confinement and form a barrier between the molecular filling and the external
environment [7]; this would be extremely advantageous if the filling material
is for example sensitive to environmental factors such as oxidation. Confine-
ment of material inside carbon nanotubes has been found to be a way to
produce new low-dimensional hybrid nanomaterials with diverse nanoscale
properties and applications [8, 9]. These range from nano-chemistry vessels
[10], atto-gram mass transport [11] and chemical sensors [12], to spin-based
switching for quantum information [13] and vectors for drug delivery [14].
There are two main classes of encapsulated systems: (i) inorganic compounds
in the shape of nanowires and nanocrystals which form directly inside the
nanotubes [6] and (ii) molecular systems which are already pre-formed before
entering the nanotubes [7], [15, 16].
Organic molecules such as porphyrins are very important biologically.
Members of this family are present both in blood (heme) and in plants
(chlorophyll). The strong optical absorption of such organo-metallic molecules
makes them strong candidates for inclusion into photovoltaic devices [17].
Other organo-metallic molecules such as phthalocyanines, a close relative to
the porphyrin family, display useful bulk properties including dichroism and
luminescence, and are used in gas-detection [18]. Organo-metallic molecules
such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-
duced to a suitable substrate. The metal ion core of these molecules carry a
non-zero magnetic spin which can make these hybrid systems paramagnetic
and hence interesting for theranostic applications of carbon nanotube hybrids
[14].
In this study single walled carbon nanotubes (SWNTs) have been func-
tionalized both endo- and exohedrally with selected organo-metallic molecules:
NiPc and ClAlPc from the phthalocyanine family and NiTPP from the por-
phyrin family.
2
![Page 12: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/12.jpg)
To our knowledge, hybrids of carbon nanotubes with these molecular
systems have not been produced to date. In general, encapsulation inside
carbon nanotube templates confers a robustness to the hybrid system which
is not present when the molecular systems are attached exohedrally. For this
reason, our primary target was to employ a suitable method to produce en-
dohedral encapsulation. We have chosen a supercritical fluid-based processes
to induce encapsulation inside of nanotubes as this is particularly suitable for
large molecular systems, such as NiTPP, which has low diffusional properties
and therefore cannot be encapsulated by mere thermal diffusion; or for sys-
tems that are air-sensitive and have to be processed in solution. Supercritical
CO2 has not been widely applied as a filling method for carbon nanotubes.
We showed that it produced successful encapsulation in carbon nanotubes
with a range of diameters, from 1.3 up to 3.0 nm. Characterization with
high resolution transmission electron microscopy (HRTEM) revealed previ-
ously unreported row-like ordering of large planar molecules.
Comparisons were also sought from the exohedral functionalization of the
carbon nanotubes with the same organo-metallic systems. This is because
metallo porphyrins and phthalocyanines are expected to functionalize less
effectively the outer surface of the nanotubes (due to chelation with the
central metal ion that perturbs their aromacity). Raman spectroscopy has
been used as the main tool to probe the changes in the electronic properties of
the nanotubes upon both endo and exo-hedral functionalization. The choice
of molecules allowed well-motivated comparisons as (i) NiPc and NiTPP
share the same metal ion core, but differ in their central ring structure and
appendages, (ii) ClAlPc and NiPc share the same body, but have different
central cores which makes the ClAlPc strongly dipolar, and finally (iii) the
three systems have different sizes of the HOMO-LUMO gaps which confers
them different propensity for charge transfer to or from the carbon nanotubes.
3
![Page 13: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/13.jpg)
1.2 Summary of thesis
This thesis has been divided into seven chapters. Chapter 1 introduces
the background of the subject and specific motivation. Relevant elements
of theory for carbon nanotubes are given in Chapter 2. Chapter 3 deals
with the factors that control encapsulation and exohedral functionalization
of carbon nanotubes with guest species. Focus is on the specificity of the
organo-metallic systems used. The suitability of the supercritical CO2 pro-
cess for molecular filling is argued. Chapter 4 describes the instrumentation
developed and implemented concerning the supercritical CO2 processes un-
dertaken in this study. It also outlines the basic purification, characteriza-
tion, washing and functionalization procedures applied to carbon nanotubes.
Chapter 5 describes HRTEM investigations and brings evidence of successful
encapsulation and ordering inside carbon nanotubes. It also presents compar-
isons with relevant encapsulated systems from prior work. Chapter 6 includes
relevant elements of Raman spectroscopy theory and presents comparative
studies applied to the nanotubes endo- and exohedrally functionalized with
the organo-metallic systems. The results are discussed in terms of charge
transfer between the organo-metallic guests and the nanotubes, and induced
structural strain. Conclusions and future work are provided in Chapter 7.
4
![Page 14: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/14.jpg)
Chapter 2
Background and theory
In this chapter the relevant theory for carbon nanotubes is discussed. The
possible types of orbital hybridization of the carbon atom are briefly reviewed
with a focus on the sp2 hybridization found in graphene and carbon nan-
otubes. The lattice structure of graphene is described and the energy disper-
sion relation is obtained using the tight binding method. The structural and
electronic properties of carbon nanotubes are then discussed in terms of those
of graphene.
2.1 Carbon
Carbon is an element which possesses many allotropes. One of the most well
known carbon based structure is diamond. Diamond is both very hard and
a very good electrical insulator. In contrast, another common allotrope of
carbon, graphite, has vastly different properties. It is a very soft material
and a good conductor. It is the hybridisation of the atomic orbitals of carbon
which make such great variation between its allotropes possible.
The carbon atom is the sixth atom in the periodic table. Every atom of
carbon has six electrons, two of which are tightly bound and fully occupy
the spherical 1s orbital.
5
![Page 15: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/15.jpg)
The outer or valence electrons are less tightly bound and occupy the 2s,
2p orbitals. In the ground state, the electronic configuration of carbon is 2s2,
2px1, 2py
1. With just a small excitation it is possible to raise an electron from
the 2s orbital to into a 2pz orbital; this process is called promotion. In the
promoted state the carbon atom has the configuration 2s1, 2px1, 2py
1, 2pz1.
In this state the wavefunctions of the separate atomic orbitals can interfere
to produce hybrid orbitals.
There are three possible hybridization types; sp3, sp2 and sp. In sp3
hybridisation a linear combination of the 2s, 2px, 2py and 2pz results in four
equivalent hybridised orbitals. These form a tetrahedral structure, with each
pointing to one of the four corners of a regular tetrahedron. The overlap of
these hybridised orbitals can form strong molecular bonds called sigma (σ)
bonds. Sigma bonds have cylindrical inter-atomic symmetry. In diamond,
every carbon atom forms four σ bonds with four surrounding carbon atoms.
This gives diamond high 3-dimensional regularity and great strength.
The hybridisation involved in graphite is sp2. The hybridized atomic
orbitals are formed from linear combinations of the 2s, 2px and 2py. The
possible linear combinations are:
h1 = s+ 212py h2 = s+
(32
) 12 px −
(12
) 12 py h3 = s−
(32
) 12 px −
(12
) 12 py
(2.1)
The resulting orbital configuration is trigonal in structure and planar
in nature. The three equivalent hybridised orbitals point to the corners of
an equilateral triangle and are separated by 120o as shown by Figure 2.1
(a). Each of these hybridised orbitals is capable of overlapping with another
hybridized orbital to form a σ bond. The 2pz orbitals do not take part in the
hybridisation process. Instead the two lobes of the 2pz orbital are directed
perpendicular to the trigonal plane out of the plane - this is shown in Figure
2.1 (b).
When two or more carbon atoms with un-bonded 2pz orbitals come into
close proximity, for example in the aromatic ring shown in Figure 2.1 (c), a
molecular bond called a π bond is created.
6
![Page 16: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/16.jpg)
A π bond is formed by the overlap of two in-phase 2pz orbitals.
Figure 2.1: Diagrams of (a) sp2 hybridized σ orbitals of trigonal carbon (adapted from[20]) (b) un-hybridized 2pz orbital (c) schematic diagram of an aromatic ring (d) schematicdiagram showing the delocalized nature of the electrons in the π bonding orbitals of anaromatic ring [21].
In a π bond the probability density of the electron between the atoms
is continuous as shown below in Figure 2.1 (d) and the electrons become
delocalized and are shared between the atoms of the ring. π bonds are
weaker than sigma bonds and as a result the electrons are much less tightly
bound.
2.2 Graphene
Graphene is a planar material of only one carbon atom in thickness. It is
formed from sp2 hybridized carbon atoms arranged in a hexagonal structure.
7
![Page 17: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/17.jpg)
Figure 2.2 shows the structure of graphene. The three sp2 hybridised or-
bitals of the carbon atoms form three σ bonds with the orbitals of three
adjacent carbon atoms. This pattern is repeated throughout the graphene
sheet resulting in its distinctive honeycombed structure.
2.2.1 The graphene lattice
The structure of graphene does not fit into a regular lattice. This is because
it is not possible to create unit translation vectors which will allow one to
reach all of the atoms in the structure. Instead it is necessary to split the
main structure into two sub-lattices. The green dots present in Figure 2.2
represent sub-lattice A and the blue dots represent sub-lattice B. Each of the
sub-lattices is a Bravais lattice and possesses three directions of symmetry.
These are shown as blue dotted lines in the top left part of the figure. Each
line of symmetry is separated by an angle of 120o.
The unit cell of a Bravais lattice is created around a single atom. Due to
the unique structure of the graphene lattice, it is necessary to have one atom
from each sub-lattice in the unit cell. This results in the unit cell of graphene
being a rhombus shape - the unit cells are shown in red. Each of the four
corners of the unit cells lies in the centre of a hexagon. These are the lattice
points of the graphene lattice. This form of unit cell is the smallest shape
that can be fitted to the lattice that includes both atoms of the sub-lattice
and can be repeated to encompass the entire lattice.
8
![Page 18: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/18.jpg)
A B
a1
a2
a1
a2
120o
Figure 2.2: The crystal structure of graphene. Atoms A and B are non-equivalent atoms.The vectors a1 and a2 are the unit translation vectors of the graphene lattice. The redrhombuses are unit cells of the graphene lattice. The blue dotted lines indicate the threedirections of symmetry in the graphene lattice.
The unit vectors of the of the Bravais lattice are given below:
~a1 =(√
3a2, a2
)~a2 =
(√3a2,−a
2
)(2.2)
where |~a1| = |~a2| = a = 2.46 A, and the carbon-carbon sp2 bond length =a√3
= 1.42A.
2.2.2 The reciprocal lattice of graphene
To facilitate the determination of the electronic structure of graphene it is
useful to transform the real lattice into reciprocal space. The reciprocal
lattice of graphene is shown in Figure 2.3 below.
9
![Page 19: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/19.jpg)
b1
b2
K
MK
MΓ
Figure 2.3: The reciprocal lattice of graphene. The unit cells of the reciprocal latticeare shown as red rhombuses. b1 and b2 are the lattice vectors of the reciprocal lattice.The blue hexagon shown in the figure is the first Brillouin zone. Γ, K and M are pointsof high symmetry in the lattice.
Comparing Figures 2.2 and 2.3, it can be seen that the reciprocal lattice is
orthogonal to the real lattice. This is directly related to the general structure
of reciprocal lattice translation vectors.
In general, the reciprocal translation vectors of this two dimensional lat-
tice take the form:
~b1 = 2π(
~a2×~a3~a1·~a2×~a3
)~b2 = 2π
(~a3×~a1~a1·~a2×~a3
)(2.3)
where ~a3= 0i + 0j + ck, ~a1 and ~a2 are the real translation vectors of the
graphene lattice.
Using equations (2.3) the reciprocal lattice vectors of graphene can be
shown to be:
~b1 =(
2π√3a, 2πa
)~b2 =
(2π√3a,−2π
a
), (2.4)
where |~b1| = |~b2| = 4πa√3.
10
![Page 20: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/20.jpg)
The first Brillouin zone is defined as the primitive cell of the reciprocal
lattice. It is useful for describing the electronic properties of a material.
The electronic distribution found in the 1st Brillouin zone is common to the
entire reciprocal lattice. The points labelled Γ, K and M are the points of
high symmetry in the reciprocal lattice of the graphene sheet.
2.2.3 The tight-binding approximation for the energy
band structure
In the idealised view of atoms, electrons occupy well defined orbitals and pos-
sess a quantised energy depending on the orbital type and principle quantum
level. However, when two or more atoms are brought into close proximity, as
is the case in a crystal lattice, the valence electrons interact. The eigenstates
of the valence electrons interfere and create energy bands. In the case of
the graphene lattice the most interesting energy band is formed by the 2pz
valence electrons. These are known as the π bands of graphene. It is these
bands which are closest in energy to the Fermi energy and hence are most
important for charge transport.
In the tight-binding method (sometimes called the linear combination of
atomic orbitals method) the starting point is the set of orbital energy levels of
the tightly bound electrons of a single isolated atom. With other near neigh-
bour atoms brought near to this originally isolated atom, the wavefunction of
the original atom would be overlapped by those of the near neighbour atoms.
If the atoms are far enough apart, this overlap would be small enough for it
to be taken into account just by making comparatively small corrections to
the originally isolated atom model. The overall picture of the energy levels
of a lattice of atoms is made up of slightly modified atom models [22].
The tight-binding method can be used to calculate an empirical solution
for the band structure of graphene as follows [3].
11
![Page 21: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/21.jpg)
The crystal lattice of graphene possesses translational symmetry along the
lattice vectors ~a1 and ~a2, this implies that any wavefunction of the lattice,
Ψ, should obey Blochs theorem
T~aiΨ = ei~k·~aiΨ (2.5)
where in graphene i = 1, 2 and T~ai is a lattice translation operator and ~k is
the wave vector of the lattice.
The wavefunctions that satisfy this condition are called Bloch orbitals.
There are two Bloch orbitals for graphene, one for each sub lattice. These
take the form shown below.
Φj(~k, ~r) =1√3
N∑~Rj
ei~k·~Rjφj(~r − ~Rj) (2.6)
where (j = A,B) and ~Rj and ~r are position vectors of the atom j and the
2pz orbital of atom j respectively. The atomic orbital of atom j is designated
by φj(~r − ~Rj). With each individual orbital multiplied by its phase factor
ei~k·~r, a summation over the whole lattice (N unit cells) will produce Φj(~k, ~r).
The wavefunction of the crystal lattice, Ψ(~k, ~r), is a linear combination of
ΦA and ΦB.
Ψj(~k, ~r) =∑
j,j′=A,B
Cjj′Φj′(~k, ~r), (2.7)
where j, j′ = A,B and Cjj′ are complex coefficients.
The energy eigenvalues E(~k) of the eigenstate (2.7) can be found by
solving the time independent Schrodinger equation
H|Ψj〉 = E(~k)|Ψj〉 (2.8)
where H is the Hamiltonian of the graphene lattice.
12
![Page 22: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/22.jpg)
By taking the inner product of (2.8) and inserting (2.7), it is possible to
derive the secular equation.
The energy dispersion relation of graphene is described by the following
equation:
det[H − ES] = 0 (2.9)
In this case, Hjj′ = 〈Φj|H|Φj′〉 and Sjj′ = 〈Φj||Φj′〉 are the transfer
integral matrices and overlap integral matrices respectively.
The secular equation for graphene is given by
∣∣∣∣∣HAA(~k − E(~k) · SAA(~k) HAB(~k − E(~k) · SAB(~k)
HBA(~k − E(~k) · SBA(~k) HBB(~k − E(~k) · SBB(~k)
∣∣∣∣∣ = 0 (2.10)
In order to solve the secular equation, it is necessary to take the lattice
structure of graphene into account.
The three nearest neighbours belong to a different sub-lattice (surround-
ing atoms belong to the blue sub-lattice - see Figure 2.4). With these con-
siderations in mind a number of simplifications can be made to the secular
equation. As we are only considering interactions between nearest neigh-
bours (shown schematically in Figure 2.4), it is only necessary to integrate
over the single atom in HAA and HBB. This results in a number of useful
simplifications,HAA = HBB = ε2pz , SAA = SBB = 1 and SAB = sf(~k) = S∗BA. Here ε2pz is the energy of the 2pz orbital, s is the nearest neighbour overlap
integral and f(~k) = (ei~k·~R1 + ei
~k·~R2 + ei~k·~R3).
The contributions from the three nearest neighbours in the lattice are
described by
HAB = HBA = γ0 · (ei~k·~R1 + ei
~k·~R2 + ei~k·~R3) = γ0 · f(~k) (2.11)
13
![Page 23: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/23.jpg)
R1
R2
R3
Figure 2.4: The three nearest neighbour atoms relative to atom are shown as red dots.The position vectors ~R1, ~R2 and ~R3 give the relative locations of the three nearest neigh-bours.
where γ0 is the nearest neighbour transfer integral
γ0 = 〈ΦA(~r − ~RA)|H|ΦA(~r − ~RA − ~R1)〉 (2.12)
Inserting the above simplifications into the secular equation allows for
eigenvalues E(~k) to be found. Here E(~k) is a function of w(~k), kx and ky:
E(~k) =ε2pz ± γ0w(~k)
1± sw(~k)(2.13)
The positive and negative signs combine to give either the bonding energy
band π (positive combination) or the anti-bonding π* band (negative). The
ε2pz and s terms are constant which are important in determining the absolute
energy but not for appreciating the form of the energy bands.
14
![Page 24: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/24.jpg)
The function w(~k) is given by:
w(~k) =
√|f(~k)|2 =
√1 + 4cos
√3kxa
2cos
kya
2+ 4cos2
kya
2(2.14)
where kx and ky are lattice wave vectors of the reciprocal lattice respectively
and a is the modulus of the real lattice translation vectors [23].
2.2.4 The electronic band structure of graphene
The first Brillouin zone of the reciprocal lattice contains all of the points
of high symmetry necessary to understand the unique band structure of
graphene - these are shown in Figure 2.5 below.
Γ
K
M
K'
Figure 2.5: Expanded view of the first Brillouin zone of graphene labelled with the pointsof high symmetry (red circles), Γ, K, M and K ′. K and K ′ are non-equivalent points asthey correspond to the two non-equivalent A and B sub-lattices of the direct lattice.
The non-equivalent K and K ′ points, present at the corners of the Bril-
louin zone, mirror the atomic symmetry of the real lattice. Plotting E(~k)
along the lines of high symmetry allows for a graph of energy as a function
of wave vector to be plotted, this is shown in Figure 2.6 below.
15
![Page 25: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/25.jpg)
π*
π
Wave vector
En
erg
y (
eV
)
M M K Г
0
6
12
-12
-6
Fermi energy
Figure 2.6: Plots of E(~k) as a function of ~k along the lines of high symmetry, M → Γ,Γ → K and K → M. The plot follows the perimeter of the triangle in k space shown inFigure 2.5. The red dashed square is centred on one of the Dirac points. Adapted from[21].
The two energy bands closest to the Fermi level are the π bonding and the
π∗ anti-bonding bands respectively. These are highlighted in blue and red in
the energy band diagram of Figure 2.6. Each of the two atoms in the lattice
unit cell contribute one electron to the π bonds, these fully fill the π bonding
energy band. It can be seen from the figure that the valence band (occupied π
band) and the conduction band (unoccupied π∗ band) meet at the K points;
this classifies graphene as zero band-gap semiconductor material.
The K and K ′ points located at the 6 corners of the first Brillouin zone are
known as Dirac points. As the band energy approaches the Fermi level, the
electronic density of states at the Dirac points tends to zero. An interesting
feature of the band structure of graphene is the shape of the conduction and
valence bands above and below the Fermi level. It can be seen from Figure
2.7 that both bands are cone shaped at the Dirac points. The σ bands of
graphene have been excluded from the figure as they are of much greater
energy (≈ 14eV [3]) than the π bands and therefore do not take any part in
conduction, which involves energy levels around the Fermi level.
16
![Page 26: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/26.jpg)
Figure 2.7: π energy bands, E, as a function of wave vector (~k). Insert diagram showingthe linear nature of the π bands close to the π Dirac points [21].
2.3 Carbon nanotubes
2.3.1 Structure
Carbon nanotubes are a unique allotrope of carbon. Nanotubes can be
thought of as being rolled sheets of graphene. The carbon atoms in a nan-
otube arrange themselves in hexagonal cells which link together to form long
cylinders of up to 1 µm in length and diameters ranging from 0.5 to 10nm
in diameter. A nanotube formed from a single sheet of graphene is known as
a Single Walled Carbon Nanotube (SWNT), an example of a single walled
armchair type nanotube is shown in Figure 2.8. The large majority of this
work will involve SWNTs.
Graphene sheet
rolled up
Figure 2.8: The rolling of a single walled carbon nanotube of the armchair type (basedupon [24]).
17
![Page 27: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/27.jpg)
It is also possible to have Multi-Walled Carbon Nanotubes (MWNTs).
These are made from a number of concentric single walled nanotubes of
increasing diameter, as show in Figure 2.9.
Figure 2.9: Schematic diagram of a 4 walled MWNT (end on).
There are many ways in which a graphene sheet can be rolled to form a
carbon nanotube, with a wide range of resulting diameters and chiralities.
The chirality of a nanotube describes the direction in which the graphene
sheet has been rolled to create it. Every nanotube has an associated chiral
vector ~C which forms the circumference of the nanotube.
The chiral vector determines the structural type and the electronic prop-
erties of the nanotube. The general form of a chiral vector is
~C = n~a1 +m~a2 = (n,m), (2.15)
where n and m are integers [3].
There are three possible nanotube classes, armchair, zig-zag and chiral,
these are shown in Figure 2.10.
Each chiral vector has an associated chiral angle, θ. This angle can be
determined using the following equation [3]:
cosθ =~a1 · ~C|~a1| · |~C|
=2n+m
2√n2 + nm+m2
(2.16)
18
![Page 28: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/28.jpg)
x
y
Graphene sheet
rolled from this
edge
a1
a2
θ
Zig-zag vector
Chiral vector
Armchair vector
(4, 2)
(3, 3)
(0, 5)
Tra
nsla
tion v
ecto
r
Figure 2.10: The possible chiralities of carbon nanotubes. The chiral and translationvectors of a (4,2) chiral nanotube are shown as red and blue lines respectively - the chiraland translation vectors are perpendicular to one another. The chiral angle, θ, is measuredrelative to the zig-zag line. The chiral vectors of (0, 5) zig-zag and (3, 3) armchair nan-otubes have also been included on the diagram in magenta and green respectively. Thegreen rectangle represents the unit cell of a (3, 3) armchair nanotube.
The chiral angles and structures of each type of nanotube are shown in
Figure 2.11.
19
![Page 29: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/29.jpg)
Figure 2.11: The different types of nanotube chirality and the corresponding chiral angle(Adapted from [25])
Given that the chiral vector forms the circumference of the nanotube, it is
possible to determine the diameter, d, of the nanotube directly by the using
the following equation [3]:
d =|~C|π
=a
π
√n2 + nm+m2 (2.17)
The last structural property of nanotubes to be described is the trans-
lational symmetry along the length of the tube. This is determined by the
translation vector,
~T = t1~a1 + t2~a2 (2.18)
where t1 and t2 are integers which can be determined from the chiral indices
n and m using the equations t1 = 2m+ndR
and t2 = −2n+mdR
where dR is the
greatest common divisor of (2m+ n) and (2n+m).
20
![Page 30: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/30.jpg)
The translation vector, ~T , and the chiral vector, ~C, form a rectangle on
the graphene lattice [3]. This is the unit cell of the nanotube, an example of
the unit cell of a ~C = (3, 3) arm chair nanotube is shown as a green rectangle
in Figure 2.10. The size of the minimum translation vector and hence the
unit cell depends upon the chirality of the nanotube. For armchair nanotubes
|~T | = a and |~C| = n√
3a, while for zig-zag nanotubes |~T |=√
3a and |~C| = na
[3]. Chiral nanotubes can have relatively large unit cells with the maximum
occurring at an angle of 15o. Calculating the number of carbon atoms in
a given nanotube unit cell is a reasonably simple procedure. Firstly it is
necessary to calculate the number of hexagons, q, present in the unit cell of
the nanotube. This can be achieved by dividing the area of the nanotubes
unit cell, St = |~T × ~C|, by the area of one hexagonal cell of graphene,
Sg = |~a1 × ~a2|,
q =stsg. (2.19)
Given that there are two carbon atoms per hexagon, the total number of
carbon atoms in the nanotube unit cell, nc, is given by nc = 2q (based upon
[3]).
2.3.2 The reciprocal lattice of SWNTs
In order to effectively describe the electronic structure of carbon nanotubes
it is necessary to construct the first Brillouin zone of the reciprocal lat-
tice. Firstly, considering the lattice translation vectors along the length and
around the circumference of the tube. The reciprocal lattice translation vec-
tor in the z direction of the tube, ~kz, is given by:
~kz =2π
~T(2.20)
Since the diameter of a nanotube is very much less than its length, it
can be thought of as being infinitely long. This results in a continuous wave
vector ~kz along the tube.
21
![Page 31: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/31.jpg)
As a result the first Brillouin zone extends from ~kz = −πa
to πa
. The
wavevectors in the circumferential direction, ~k⊥ , are more interesting. Any
wave vector, ~k⊥, is quantised according to the following boundary conditions
µ · λ = |~C| = π · d. Wave vectors which satisfy this take the form:
~k⊥,µ =2π
λ= µ · 2π
~C(2.21)
where, λ is the wavelength of the electron wavefunction and µ is the quan-
tisation number which is an integer and can take any value from - q2+1, 0,
1 ...., q2. For armchair and zig-zag nanotubes q = 2n, while for chiral nan-
otubes q =2(n2
1+nm+n22)
dcdRcd. Here dcd is the greatest common divisor of (n,m)
and Rcd = 3 if (n−m)/3n is an integer and Rcd = 1 otherwise [23].
This can be explained by considering the behaviour of an electron present
on the circumference of the nanotube. An electron can only exist when the
corresponding wavefunction meets the above boundary conditions. Most
importantly, the wavefunction must possess a phase shift which is an integer
multiple of 2π. All other phases result in destructive interference.
We now have the necessary wave vectors to describe the first Brillouin
zone of a carbon nanotube. The first Brillouin zone consists of a rectangular
band of parallel lines of length 2πa
(~kz) directed along the ~kz axis. These
lines are quantised in the circumferential direction by the spacing of 2π
| ~C|. A
detailed diagram of the first Brillouin zone of a (3,3) armchair nanotube is
given in Figure 2.12.
22
![Page 32: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/32.jpg)
Figure 2.12: The first Brillouin zone of a (3,3) armchair nanotube.
For a given type of nanotube, the size of the Brillouin zone in the re-
ciprocal lattice direction (~kz) is constant. As the diameter of the nanotube
increases, the number of quantised k lines around the circumference also in-
creases. However, an increase in diameter also results in a decrease in the
separation between the k lines. As a consequence of this, the electronic
quantisation becomes less distinct with increasing diameter.
2.3.3 Electronic structure of SWNTs
If the k lines of a nanotube match up with the K points of the graphene
Brillouin zone then the nanotube will be metallic. The nanotube shown in
Figure 2.12 is metallic as are all armchair nanotubes; if the k lines do not
intersect with any of the K points the nanotube will be semi-conducting.
The zig-zag nanotubes can be either metallic or semiconducting; in addition
chiral nanotubes can be a mixture of metallic and semiconducting. The basic
principle of the zone folding approximation is that the electronic band struc-
ture of a nanotube can be determined from the band structure of graphene
along the allowed k lines.
23
![Page 33: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/33.jpg)
With the zone folding method, the band structure of graphene can be
adapted to give the band structure of a nanotube by replacing the wavevec-
tors of the graphene lattice by those of the nanotube (i.e. kx → k⊥, ky → kz).
The band structure of a generic (n,0) zig-zag nanotube is described by the
following equation:
Eµ = ±t
[1± 4cos
(µ · πn
)cos
(√3ka
2
)+ 4cos2
(µ · πn
)] 12
(2.22)
where Eµ is the dispersion energy of the nanotube energy bands, t is the
transfer integral, − π√3< ka < π√
3and n is a chiral integer and [3].
Similar expressions can be derived for armchair and chiral nanotubes.
Figure 2.13 shows a plot of expression (2.22):
E (eV)
Γ k
μ = 0
μ = 1 and -1
μ = 2 and -2
μ = 3 and -3
μ = 4 and -4
μ = 5 and -5
μ = 6 and -6
μ = 7 and -7
μ = 8
μ = 8
μ = 7 and -7
μ = 6 and -6
μ = 5 and -5
μ = 4 and -4μ = 3 and -3
μ = 2 and -2
μ = 1 and -1
μ = 0
8
6
4
2
-8
-6
-4
-2
0.2 0.4 0.6-0.2-0.4-0.6
Figure 2.13: Band structure of an (8,0) semiconducting zig-zag SWNT from zone foldingof graphene band structure. Image based upon [21].
The lowest energy bands of the first Brillouin zones for metallic and semi-
conducting nanotubes are shown in Figure 2.14.
24
![Page 34: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/34.jpg)
Figure 2.14: The band structures for (a) a metallic nanotube and (b) a semiconductingnanotube.
2.3.4 Electronic density of states
The electronic density of states is defined as the number of electronic states
available in a given energy range; it is a quantity that is both useful for de-
scribing the electronic structure of a given nanotube, and is also measureable.
The density of states is dependent upon the dimensionality of an object
- a carbon nanotube is classed as a 1 dimensional object (z direction) and is
quantised in 2 directions i.e. x and y. The density of states, in a transverse
direction, for a one dimensional object varies as 1/√E , where E is the
transverse energy. It can be shown [26] that the density of states for the first
Brillouin zone of a nanotube is described by:
n(E) =4a
π2dγ0
∞∑µ=−∞
g(E,Eµ), (2.23)
with:
g(E,Eµ) =
{|E|/
√E2 − E2
µ |E| > |Eµ|0 |E| < |Eµ|
(2.24)
25
![Page 35: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/35.jpg)
The density of states for an (8,0) semiconducting zig-zag SWNT and a
(5,5) metallic armchair SWNT are shown in Figure 2.15.
E11
E11
-10.0 -5.0 0.0 5.0 10.0
Energy (eV)
(a)
(b)
Figure 2.15: Density of states (DOS) as a function of energy, for a selection of SWNTs:(a) semiconducting and (b) metallic. The transition E11 has been labelled in red as anexample (based on [27]). It is worth noting the differences between semiconducting andmetallic nanotubes at the Fermi energy (Energy = 0), specifically, in semiconductingnanotubes the DOS is zero - in contrast for metallic nanotubes it is non-zero.
The following points are of note (Figure 2.15):
1) At the quantisation energies E = Eµ the function g(E, Eµ) diverges
and produces what is called a van Hove singularity [3].
2) For the special case of Eµ = 0, g(E,Eµ) becomes unity, the conduction
and valence bands of the nanotube meet at the Fermi energy - the nanotube
is metallic (Figure 2.15. b)).
26
![Page 36: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/36.jpg)
The density of states peak at the singularities, as a result they dominate
the physical properties of the nanotube. Concerning the optical properties of
nanotubes, for a photon to be absorbed it has to match the energy interval
Eii, (see Figure 2.15) between symmetric singularities in the valence and
conduction bands [27].
27
![Page 37: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/37.jpg)
Chapter 3
The encapsulation of molecular
systems by carbon nanotubes
using a supercritical carbon
dioxide-based method
In this chapter the factors affecting the binding of molecules to the external
and internal surfaces of a carbon nanotube are reviewed. We targeted the
encapsulation of organo-metallic molecular systems via a supercritical CO2
process, whose physical mechanisms and advantages are described in detail.
The choice of the molecular systems to be encapsulated is also justified: it
includes molecules that are sensitive to air (and would benefit from having the
nanotube protection), molecules that have large dimensions and hence lower
diffusion towards encapsulation, and aromatic planar molecules with metallic
cores which make them more difficult to create hybrids with nanotubes by
exohedral functionalization.
28
![Page 38: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/38.jpg)
3.1 The effect of curvature upon the
reactivity and binding capability of SWNTs
It is well known that graphite is formed from a large number of individual
graphene layers stacked one on top of each other. The graphene layers are
held together by weak van der Waals interactions between the individual
sheets. It is the π bands of graphene which are responsible for this inter-
action and it is known as π-π stacking [28]. In an ideal sheet of graphene
the reactivity of the upper and lower surfaces are equivalent. In carbon nan-
otubes, however, the situation is more complicated because the curvature
of the nanotube side-walls has a significant effect upon the reactivity of the
nanotube.
Two parameters directly linked to the intrinsic curvature of nanotube
side-walls and hence to their reactivity are the pyramidalization angle (θP)
and the π-misalignment angle (φ) [29].
Geometrically speaking, carbon nanotubes are significantly different from
graphene. The sp2-hybridized carbon atoms in an ideal graphene sheet are all
perfectly trigonal, that is, the angle between the π orbitals and the σ bonds is
exactly 90o. In contrast, in carbon nanotubes the curvature of the nanotube
side-walls causes the natural trigonal geometry to become distorted. The
extent of the distortion can be understood in terms of the pyramidalization
angle, which is defined as follows:
θP = (θσπ − 90o), (3.1)
where θσπ is the curvature induced deviation angle between the upper π
orbital and the σ orbitals [29]. The pyramidalization angles of graphene and
a generic SWNT are compared in Figure 3.1 (a) and (b) respectively.
29
![Page 39: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/39.jpg)
Figure 3.1: Diagrams of the pyramidalization angle θ of (a) graphene and (b) of ageneric nanotube, respectively; the π misalignment angle φ of (c) graphene and (d) ageneric nanotube respectively (adapted from [29]).
Another distortion introduced by the curvature of the nanotube is the mis-
alignment of the π-orbitals between adjacent carbon atoms in the nanotube
side-walls, this mis-alignment is only present in carbon atoms which have a
C-C bond that is not parallel to the circumference of the nanotube.
30
![Page 40: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/40.jpg)
In the planar geometry of graphene the π-orbitals between the carbon
atoms are parallel. However, in a nanotube, the curvature of the walls is
such that this is not always the case and an orbital mis-alignment angle φ
develops. A comparison between the mis-alignment angles of graphene and
a generic nanotube is given in Figure 3.1 (c) and (d).
The pyramidalization and misalignmentof the π-orbitals of the C atoms
in the sidewalls of the SWNTs induces local strain and as such the exterior
surface of carbon nanotubes is expected to be more chemically reactive than
the surface of a graphene sheet [29]. Both of these effects, and hence the
local strain in the nanotube, are inversely proportional to the diameter of
the nanotube [29].
The exterior of SWNTs is also expected to be more reactive than the
interior. This is because the pyramidalization of the nanotubes C atoms
causes the exohedral lobes of the π-orbitals to be larger than those of the
interior [30]. The larger lobes on the exterior favour overlap with chemically
suitable atoms or molecules - the reduction in local strain provided by such
an interaction also plays a part [30]. The difference between the reactivities
of the exterior and interior increases with increasing pyramidalization angle
and decreases with increasing diameter. However, the differences are only
moderate for typical examples such as (10, 10) SWNTs with diameters of 1.4
nm [30].
3.2 Effects of curvature upon molecular
adhesion
The curvature of the sidewalls of SWNTs make the interior and exterior
surfaces different geometrically. The nanotube sidewalls curve away from an
adatom / molecule attached externally and towards an adatom/ molecule
attached internally. This has a strong effect on placement of adatoms /
molecules adsorbed onto the internal and external surfaces of nanotubes.
31
![Page 41: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/41.jpg)
The simplest model which gives qualitatively correct results for specific
cases of adatom-nanotube binding energy is the empirical Leonard-Jones po-
tential (LJP) which describes dispersive interactions between neutral atoms.
This empirical model has been successfully applied to a number of graphitic
materials. For a C60 molecule interacting with CNTs, the binding energy
was found to be dependent upon molecule placement [31].
For C60 molecules interacting with nanotubes, the binding energy to the
interior surfaces of the nanotube was found to be greater than when at-
tached to the exterior or to the open ends of the nanotube [31]. The greatest
binding energy was found for C60 molecules interacting internally with the
hemispherical end caps of a nanotube [31]. This can be understood in terms
of geometry matching - the closer the geometric match between the molecule
and nanotube surface, the greater the number of atoms available to con-
tribute strongly to the binding potential [32] - this is shown schematically in
Figure 3.2.
Adatom
Nanotube
Carbon atom of
Nanotube
ra
rb
ra > rb
Figure 3.2: Schematic diagram of the geometric match between adatoms attached to theexterior and interior walls of a nanotube. ra and rb represent the distances between thecenters of the adatoms and the carbon atoms in the walls of the nanotube.
32
![Page 42: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/42.jpg)
To determine the binding energy between a molecule and nanotube, the
binding energy between the molecule and the carbon atoms of the nanotube
are summed; the potential energy of interactions between the molecule and a
single carbon atom in the nanotube,V LJ is described by the empirical relation
V LJ = 4ε
[(σr
)12−(σr
)6], (3.2)
where r is the distance between the molecule and the individual carbon atom,
ε is the depth of the potential well and σ is the hard-sphere radius of the
molecule [5]. For example, calculations using a LJP model show that in
interactions between adatoms and nanotube bundles the relative size of nan-
otube diameter and the van der Waals radius of the adatoms is critical in
determining uptake of adatoms from the gas phase. As one would expect,
small enough molecules can easily fit inside both the nanotubes and in the
interstitial channels between tubes. There will be limits depending upon in-
dividual adatom species and nanotube diameter beyond which adatoms will
not fit inside either space [33].
To reveal qualitative behaviour of an adatom interacting with a nanotube,
a simplified model using the LJP can be used where an arbitrary adatom of
van der Waals diameter SvdW interacts via van der Waals interactions with
an arbitrary nanotube bundle made of SWNTs, the diameter of a SWNT
being d.
Varying the diameter of the nanotube, has a marked effect on the binding
energy between the atom or small molecule and the SWNT upon which it
is adsorbed. As d → ∞ (Figure 3.3 (a)), the interaction strength between
the adsorbed adatom and the SWNT becomes equivalent for the interior and
exterior surfaces. The binding energy for an adatom to the walls of an infinite
diameter nanotube is equivalent to that of graphene. As d is decreased the
binding energy between the adatom and the exterior of the SWNT decreases.
33
![Page 43: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/43.jpg)
Conversely, the binding energy between the adatom and the interior sur-
face of the nanotube increases as d is decreased and reaches a maximum bind-
ing energy at an ideal diameter (doptimum) specific to each atom or molecule
- see Figure 3.3 (b). The ideal diameter for an arbitrary adatom is described
by the following relation:
doptimum = SvdW + (2× rvdW), (3.3)
where rvdW = 0.15 nm and is the thickness of the nanotubes π-orbitals [34];
SvdW is the hard-sphere radius of the adatom. At the ideal diameter, the
binding energy strongly favours the internal site [5]. At larger diameters
Figure 3.3 (c) the interior is still favoured but not as strongly as at the ideal
diameter, this is due to the differences in size. As d is decreased below doptimum
(Figure 3.3 (d)), the repulsive 1/d12 component of V LJ becomes dominant
due the overlap of the π-orbitals of the nanotube and those of the adatom,
making encapsulation unfavourable.
From this simple model it is clear that the van der Waals diameter of
the atom or molecule relative to the diameter of the nanotube is the most
important parameter associated with the placement of the atom or molecule
[5].
The molecules used in this study are shown in Figure 3.4 and the effective
hard-core diameters (SvdW ) of the molecules and the corresponding ideal
nanotube diameters doptimum calculated using equation (3.3) are shown in
Table 3.1.
34
![Page 44: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/44.jpg)
rvdW
SvdWd
d = doptimum
(b)
d >> SvdW
(c)
SvdW
d
rvdW
SvdW d
d < SvdW
(d)
d
(a)
rvdW
∞
rvdW
Adatom
Graphene
Nanotube
Figure 3.3: Schematic diagrams of adatoms attached to carbon nanotubes with (a) d →∞ (b) d = doptimum (c) d >> SvdW and (d) d < SvdW . All symbols as defined in the text.
Cobalt carbonyl (Co2(CO)8) is a roughly spherical molecule with an effec-
tive hard-sphere diameter of 0.5 nm and a corresponding optimum nanotube
diameter of 0.8 nm. The spherical geometry should give this molecule a high
interaction energy with the inner walls of the nanotubes. The cobalt carbonyl
molecule has a core formed from two paramagnetic cobalt atoms.
35
![Page 45: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/45.jpg)
(a)
Cobalt atom
Carbon atom
Oxygen atom
SvdWb
(b)
Nickel ion
core
Phthalocyanine body
(d)
Phenyl group
Nickel ion
core
Porphyrin body
(c)
Chloro-aluminium
dipole core
Phthalocyanine body
SvdWc SvdWd
Figure 3.4: Schematic diagrams of the molecular strutcure of (a) Cobalt carbonyl (Co2(CO)8) (based upon [35]) (b) nickel phthalocyanine (NiPc) (based upon the structureof CoPc [36]), (c) chloro-aluminium phthalocyanine (ClAlPc) and (d) nickel tetraphenylporphyrin (NiTPP) (based upon [37]). The green rings around the square TPP and Pcmolecules represent the van der Waals diameters of the molecules.
In contrast, the other molecules used in this study are significantly larger,
planar in nature and roughly square shaped. In order to obtain an effective
hard-core diameter for these molecules, a circular symmetry has been as-
sumed - see Figure 3.4. Both of the phthalocyanine (Pc) molecules, chloroalu-
minium Phthalocyanine (ClAlPc) and nickel Phthalocyanine (NiPc) molecules
share the same structure and hence have the same effective hard-core diame-
ter of 1.5 nm with an associated ideal nanotube diameter of 1.8 nm. However,
they have dissimilar cores: NiPc has a paramagnetic nickel ion at its core,
while ClAlPc has a Cl-Al dipole, which forms an electric dipole. The nickel
tetra phenyl porphyrin (NiTPP) molecule is the largest of the set, possessing
an effective hard-core diameter of 2 nm and an associated ideal nanotube
diameter of 2.3 nm. It has a nickel ion at its core, as with the NiPc molecule,
however, NiTPP has a porphyrin body with phenyl appendages attached.
36
![Page 46: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/46.jpg)
Molecular species SvdW / nm doptimum / nm
Co2(CO)8 0.5 0.8
ClAlPc 1.5 1.8
NiPc 1.5 1.8
NiTPP 2.0 2.3
Table 3.1: The optimum nanotube filling diameters doptimum for the molecules used inthis study, SvdW is the size of the molecules inluding the van der Waals radii of theconstituent atoms. The sizes of the van der Waals potential surface of the Pc moleculeswere based upon that of cobalt phthalocyanine (CoPc) as quoted by [36]. Those of theNiTPP and Co2(CO)8 molecules were determined from molecular models.
Taking symmetry into account, the LJP interaction between these molecules
and the inner surfaces of the nanotubes would be maximised if the molecules
were arranged cross-ways along the axis of the nanotube - Figure 3.5 shows
this schematically using the NiTPP molecule as an example. Given the
square geomtery of the molecules they are likely to have a weaker LJP inter-
action than the cobalt carbonyl interaction - this would result from greater
symmetry mis-match. However, this is not the geometry observed upon en-
capsulation (see chapter 5 section 5.4).
SWNT
NiTPP molecule
Figure 3.5: Schematic diagram showing a NiTPP molecule positioned in a SWNT ar-ranged cross-ways to the length of the nanotube (based upon [38]) The yellow outlinerepresents the van der Waals surfaces of the molecule and nanotube.
37
![Page 47: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/47.jpg)
3.3 Aromatic interaction between molecules
and the exterior of CNTs
For aromatic molecules it is possible for intermolecular interactions to occur
through π stacking. In π stacking, the planar π systems of aromatic molecules
lay one on top of each other, in a nearly parallel orientation [20].
The cobalt carbonyl molecule is not aromatic and as such cannot interact
in this way. The other molecules of this study, however, posses multiple
aromatic sub-structures which could enable π stacking to occur with the
nanotubes exterior as well as between themselves. The aromatic molecules
are shown in Figure 3.6 (a) and (b) with the structures likely to result in π
stacking highlighted.
The TPP and Pc molecules have two possible sub-structures where π
stacking between the molecule and surfaces of the nanotube could occur:
(i) the central ring systems
(ii) the benzene-like appendages attached to the central ring systems
Taking the porphyrin molecule as an example, the possible binding areas
for the sub-structures on a nanotube of 2.3 nm in diameter is shown in
Figure 3.6 (c) and (d). The porphyrin is also shown encapsulated inside of
the nanotube, however, given that the molecule is separated from the inner
walls of the nanotube, it is unlikely that π stacking would occur - unless
the molecule were to be distorted to more closely match the geometry of the
nanotube.
38
![Page 48: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/48.jpg)
SWNT
Outer van der Waals
π surface of nanotube
NiTPP molecule
Outer van der Waals
π surface of NiTPP
molecule
Outer van der Waals
π surfaces of aromatic
rings
Inner van der Waals
π surface of nanotube
TPP molecule
(a)
Pc molecule
(b)
(c) (d)
Figure 3.6: Schematic diagram showing the (a) Pc and (b) TPP molecules respectively.The structures likely to be involved in π stacking are highlighted in red, appendages andgreen, central ring system. (c) and (d) show the possible binding areas on a nanotube fora fully aromatic porphyrin molecule (c) and (d) where the aromacity of the central ringhas been destroyed by chelation with a metal ion.
It has been found that un-chelated porphyrins (porphyrins without a
metal centre), for example tetraphenyl porphyrin (TPP) shown in Figure
3.6 (b), show strong affinities for the exterior of semiconducting CNTs, so
much so that the union of the two can be used to separate semiconducting
nanotubes from a metallic/ semiconducting mixture [39]. However, upon
chelation with a metal ion complex, the binding between metallo-Porphyrins
and nanotubes becomes less favourable [39]. This highlights that the primary
centre for the binding of the un-chelated TPP to the SWNT is the porphyrin
ring system (Figure 3.6 (c)) and not the phenyl groups.
39
![Page 49: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/49.jpg)
This also seems to be true for Phthalocyanine molecules in which upon
the formation of a coordination bond between a metal ion and the nitrogen
atoms, aromaticity of the central ring system is destroyed and thus π stacking
via it is prevented [40]. In conclusion, the attachment of either the NiTPP,
NiPc or ClAlPc molecules to CNTs via π stacking involving the centres of
these systems seems unlikely.
The binding energy of aromatic molecules adsorbed to the exterior of
CNTs by π stacking has been found to be weak for benzene-like molecules.
However, if charge transfer between the nanotube and molecule occurs, the
binding energy can be significantly higher [41]. It is well established that met-
alloporphyrins are electron donating systems [19], therefore this may present
a route through which π stacking could occur between the appendages of
the molecules and graphitic surface of the CNT (Figure 3.6 (d)). We fi-
nally note that in reference [42] CoOEP molecules were found to exohedrally
functionalize SWNTs in high yield despite the presence of the metallic core.
3.4 Effects of curvature upon molecule
diffusion on and in SWNTs
Calculations of the potential energy and molecular dynamics with a Leonard-
Jones type potential found that both the curvature and helicity of the a car-
bon nanotube have a great bearing on the diffusion of an adatom adsorbed
onto the nanotube walls [43]. It was found that adatom diffusion is very de-
pendent upon the curvature of the nanotube. The diffusion barrier increases
monotonically with curvature [43].
Therefore it is possible to conclude that diffusion along the interior of the
nanotube (negative curvature) is easier than along graphite (zero curvature),
however diffusion along a flat surface is easier than along the exterior of the
nanotube (positive curvature). This can be understood in terms of curvature
induced strain in the walls of the nanotube, the inner surface experiencing a
negative strain (compression) and the exterior experiencing positive strain.
40
![Page 50: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/50.jpg)
The helicity has also been shown to impact upon the diffusion path of
an adsorbed adatom, with diffusion being favoured in armchair rather than
zig-zag nanotubes [43]. With these considerations in mind it is reasonable
to conclude that the interior of the nanotube is a more suitable environment
for the formation of ordered nanostructures than the exterior.
Calculations have shown that due to a smoother potential energy surface
in the interior of nanotubes, the barrier to diffusion is lower than that of
the exterior surface even though the binding energy endohedrally is greater
[43]. This makes the diffusion of adatoms through the interior of the nan-
otube much more favourable than along the exterior. Once the adatoms are
inside, for adatoms of or near optimum size for the nanotube, the increase
binding energy inside makes the removal of encapsulated adatoms demanding
energetically.
3.5 Molecular encapsulation by SWNTs
3.5.1 Encapsulation methods
For filling carbon nanotubes with molecular species more traditional methods
used either thermal diffusion [44] or filling from solution [5, 15,45,46].
Thermal diffusion of C60 fullerenes has been shown to produce SWNT
filling yields of up to 85%. However, to achieve this result, a temperature
of 650o C was required [44]. The decomposition temperatures of a lot of
organic molecules of similar size to C60 are far below this, indeed the cobalt
carbonyl molecule is known to decompose above a temperature of 52o C
[47]. Therefore, the high temperatures necessary for this process to occur
make it especially unsuitable for the encapsulation of molecules such as this.
Porphyrins however, have a much greater thermal stability and enter the
molten phase at temperature of 200 - 300o C [48]. Results indicate that
porphyrin peapods can be formed using a thermal diffusion method with a
process temperature of 400o C. [44]. Phthalocyanine molecules also possess
a high degree of thermal stability - for example, the NiPc molecule is known
to be stable in Ar up to a temperature of 750o C [49].
41
![Page 51: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/51.jpg)
Therefore, a thermal diffusion method may be suitable for the porphyrin
and phthalocyanine molecules but might not be compatible with the cobalt
carbonyl molecule. Nevertheless, the larger the molecule (e.g. the NiTPP
molecule used here), the more difficult its encapsulation by thermal diffusion
[5].
A number of studies have been conducted upon filling from solution using
a variety of organic solvents, both aromatic, such as toluene, and polar, such
as ethanol - these met with mixed results [5,15,45,46]. The main advantage
of filling by solution is that it is a relatively low-temperature process and
therefore suitable for thermally unstable molecules.
In order to maximise the yield of encapsulated molecules upon filling from
solution there are a number of criteria which must be optimised [5]:
(i) The solvent used must have a surface tension (γ) which is low enough
to wet the surfaces of the CNT.
(ii) The interaction between the solvent and the solute (molecules to be
encapsulated) must be weak.
(iii) The interaction between the solvent and the CNT must also be weak.
(iv) The interaction between the CNT and the solute must be relatively
strong.
(v) The critical diameter of the solvent molecules should be small enough
for them to escape from any encapsulated structure which has formed
using the filling process.
It has been found that a solution’s ability to effectively wet the surface
of the nanotube is critical to whether it will induce molecular encapsulation
[50]. The parameter which has the greatest effect on a solvent’s ability to wet
the surface of a CNT is the surface tension (γ), with the wetting threshold
for CNTs being between 100 and 200 mNm-1[50]. Wetting with liquids with
a surface tension greater than the threshold is impossible.
42
![Page 52: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/52.jpg)
It has been found that fluids with high surface tensions such as molten
metals are not successfully encapsulated inside CNTs except when forced to
do so by the application of very high pressures. Low surface tension solvents
have been found to effectively wet CNT and to be drawn into the interior of
the nanotube by capillary forces either via the open ends of the nanotubes
or through wall defects [50].
The nanotube wetting threshold is high enough that they are expected
to be wetted by water (γ ∼ 72 mNm-1) and most organic solvents (γ ∼72 mNm-1) [51]. The solubility of C60 and the relevant properties of some
solvents which have been used in nanotube filling experiments are shown
in Table 3.2. All of these solvents possess surface tensions low enough to
effectively wet carbon nanotubes and enter into the interior, however, super-
critical carbon dioxide (ScCO2) has no surface tension at all.
Solvent Solubility Critical diameter of Surface tension, γof C60 / gL-1 solvent molecule / nm at 20 o C / mNm-1
Toluene 2.800 0.78 28.52
Ethanol 0.001 0.44 22.39
Chloroform 0.160 0.33 27.32
n-Hexane 0.043 0.92 18.40
ScCO2 Unknown 0.28 0.00
Table 3.2: C60 Solubility, critical diameter and surface tensions of selected solvents[52–54].
It has been found that if a CNT is filled with a gas such as air - this will
oppose entry of liquid to the CNTs even if the liquid has a sufficiently low
surface tension to allow wetting of the tube [51].
43
![Page 53: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/53.jpg)
To counteract this, it is necessary to provide the existing fluid with an
escape route such as the open ends of the nanotube or wall defects [51]. It
is also important that the solvent molecules once inside the nanotubes are
small enough to escape after the filling molecules have been encapsulated,
specifically they will have to fit through the defects in the nanotube side-
walls and around any pea-pod structures which have been formed. CO2 with
its linear form, has the smallest critical diameter of any of the molecules
listed in the table and therefore should have the greatest chance of escaping
from filled nanotubes.
The strength of the interaction between the solvent and the molecules
to be encapsulated can greatly affect the probability of encapsulation being
successful. If the solvent has a particular affinity for the molecule, as is the
case when C60 is solubilised in toluene, then the binding energy between
the solvent and solute can be so strong that encapsulation by the nanotube
becomes unfavourable [46]. In this instance the molecules will remain in
solution and be carried away from the nanotube. While the solubility of C60
in ScCO2 is not known it is expected to be low, but non-zero [55].
It is clear that with the above criteria in mind that the properties of
ScCO2 make it the ideal solvent for filling from solution experiments. Indeed,
it has been shown to be very effective in creating fullerene-CNT peapods
[15]. While the porphyrin and phthalocyanine molecules used in this study
are different from C60 geometrically, they share an aromatic structure. With
this in mind it is reasonable to assume that the above consideration should
apply to them also.
44
![Page 54: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/54.jpg)
3.6 Molecular encapsulation by SWNTs us-
ing a ScCO2 medium
3.6.1 Supercritical fluids
A gas is characterised as having a low density, a low viscosity and a high
diffusity. In contrast a liquid has a relatively high density, a high viscosity and
a low diffusity. There is a third fluid phase which has properties intermediate
to those of liquids and gases; this is called a supercritical fluid (SCF). Table
3.3 shows the contrasting properties of the different fluids.
All supercritical fluids have a certain point in the phase space, charac-
terised by a critical temperature, Tc and a critical pressure, Pc at which they
make a transition from a normal fluid to a supercritical fluid; some examples
are shown in Table 3.4.
Phase Density / 103kg m-3 Viscosity / mPas Self diffusioncoefficient / 104m2s-1
Gas (0.6 - 2) × 10-3 (1 - 3) × 10-2 0.1 - 0.4
Supercritical fluid 0.2 - 0.5 (1 - 3) × -2 0.7 × 10-3
near to Tc
Liquid 0.6 - 1.6 0.2 - 3 (0.2 - 2) × 10-5
Table 3.3: The properties of fluids [56]
45
![Page 55: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/55.jpg)
Fluid Critical temperature, Tc / o C Critical pressure, Pc / Bar
Helium-4 -268.0 2
Oxygen -118.6 50
Carbon dioxide 31.0 74
Propane 96.7 42
Table 3.4: Selected supercritical fluids and corresponding critical temperatures and pres-sures [57].
At this critical point (Tc, Pc) the boundary between the liquid and gas
phases ceases to exist and the liquid and gas densities become equal. Above
this point the fluid does not condense to form a liquid or evaporate to form
a gas, instead it has properties somewhere between the two [56]. Figure
3.7 shows the phase diagram of a single substance. Following the liquid-gas
coexistance curve from the triple point (T) to the critical point (C), both the
temperature and pressure of the fluid increases. The increase in temperature
results in thermal expansion of the liquid and as a result a decrease in density,
while the increase in the pressure results in an increase in the gas density.
Pressure
Temperature
Figure 3.7: Schematic diagram of the phases of a single substance (based upon[56]).
46
![Page 56: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/56.jpg)
The fluid densities continue to converge until the critical point is reached.
At this point the densities equate and the liquid and gas phases become
indistinguishable [56]. With the disappearance of the barrier between the
gas and liquid phases, all inter-fluid surface tension is lost and the fluid
enters a supercritical phase.
The solvent power of a supercritical fluid is very sensitive to density fluc-
tuations, especially around the critical point. This means that relatively
small changes of pressure or temperature near to the critical point can be
used to tune the solvent power of the fluid. The low density and non-existent
surface tension of supercritical fluids make them an attractive prospect for
filling carbon nanotubes.
The critical temperatures and pressures of a selection of substances are
shown in Table 3.4. When deciding upon which substance to use in a super-
critical fluid experiment there are a number of practical factors to consider -
arguably the two most important are the temperatures and pressures of the
critical point. For example both oxygen and Helium 4 enter a supercritical
phase at relatively low pressures, but require cryogenic temperatures to come
near to the critical point. Substances exist which have critical points higher
in both temperature and pressure, however, they tend to be dangerous - for
example at its critical point propane is flammable and potentially explosive.
The substance most commonly used in supercritical fluid processes is
carbon dioxide. It has a critical pressure of 74 bar, well in range of modern
high pressure systems, and a critical temperature of 31.0 o C. These values are
such that CO2 can be maintained in the supercritical phase for an extended
period using relatively simple equipment with a low risk of adverse effects.
The low critical temperature of CO2 is especially useful when dealing with
temperature sensitive materials. Another useful characteristic of supercritical
CO2 is that it is chemically inert. This is important when using materials
sensitive to oxidation, such as the cobalt carbonyl molecule. Carbon dioxide
is also non-flammable, non-toxic, inexpensive and environmentally acceptable
[57].
47
![Page 57: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/57.jpg)
3.7 ScCO2 induced encapsulation
Previous work [15] found that fullerenes of various sizes could be encapsulated
inside SWNTs using ScCO2 as a medium. In these studies the greatest
yield of encapsulated fullerenes was achieved when the ScCO2 was kept at
a constant temperature of 50o C and the pressure was cycled between a
pressure of 100 and 150 bars [15].
There are a number of factors that can determine the filling yield and
below is provided the rationale for the initial choice of the ScCO2 parameters
used for filling experiments.
The encapsulation process relies upon the solvent power of the ScCO2
which depends upon the density of the fluid. Figure 3.8 shows that the
density of a supercritical fluid is very sensitive to changes in temperature
and pressure near to the critical temperature, Tc = 31o C. The temperature
of 50o C used in the experiments of this study was such that the change in
density is fairly fast, but not as abrupt as near to Tc. For example, if T was
increased to a value that is significantly higher than Tc, for example over
100 o C, the change in density is more gradual, but it is also significanly less
dense - this would result in the fluid becoming more gas-like and adversely
affect the effectiveness of the fluid as a solvent, as well as adversely affect the
filling experiment. In contrast, if T is reduced below Tc the CO2 will leave
the SCF (supercritical fluid) state and re-enter the liquid phase, this would
be disasterous for a filling experiment. By changing the pressure of the fluid
while keeping the temperature fixed, it is possible to vary the density of the
fluid in a controlled way such that one of the isotherms is followed.
48
![Page 58: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/58.jpg)
De
ns
ity
/ k
gm
-3
Pressure / Bar
0
200
400
600
800
1000
30 50 70 90 110 130 150 170
Figure 3.8: Schematic phase diagram of CO2 [56]. C is the critical point.
While the density of the fluid increases with pressure, the interaction
between the CO2 and the filling molecules does not vary in a straightforward
fashion. Figure 3.9 shows that at low densities (A), the interaction is weakly
attractive. As the density of the fluid is increased, a point (B) will be reached
at which the attractive interaction is maximised.
Figure 3.9: Dependency of the solute to solvent interaction as a function of supercriticalfluid CO2 density. The arrows indicate alternating cycle direction (adapted from [15]).
49
![Page 59: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/59.jpg)
At this point the interaction is such that a thick shell of CO2 molecules
will form around the filling molecule (Figure 3.10 (a)). If the density is
increased further, the interaction will become increasingly less attractive and
eventually will become repulsive at (C). The repulsive effect will result in
a CO2-deficient region around the filling molecule (Figure 3.10 (b)). This
interaction is consistent with a van der Waals type potential, the density of
the fluid controlling the distance between the CO2 and filling molecules. By
ramping the pressure of the solution in this way it is possible to selectively
tune the solvent-solute interaction. When the pressure is cycled, the above
processes are repeated multiple times resulting in a higher filling yield.
RepulsiveAttractive
(a) (b)
CO2
filling molecule
Figure 3.10: Schematics showing (a) attractive, and (b) repulsive interaction betweenScCO2 solvent molecules and a solute (filling) molecule.
Further, information from previous work [15] shows that pressure-cycling
experiments produce much higher yields of encapsulated C60 molecules when
compared to static exposures of equal duration [15]. In a pressure cycling
experiment, the cycle shown in Figure 3.9 is repeated a number of times.
In the specific case of a solution of CO2 and C60 molecules, following
the curve from A to B, the inter-molecular interaction becomes increasingly
attractive until a CO2 density of≈ 440 - 620 kg/m3, i.e. at 85-95 bar for 40 oC
is reached at point B [55,58]. This attractive interaction causes solubilisation
of the filling molecules by the supercritical solvent (see part (a) of figure 3.10),
and allows them to be carried inside the nanotube. Inside the nanotubes,
the molecules will be irreversibly encapsulated.
50
![Page 60: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/60.jpg)
Increasing the pressure further from B to C results in the interaction
becoming increasingly less attractive and eventually negative at C
≈ 750 kg/m3 (above 125 bar at 40 oC) is reached at point C [55, 58]. The
repulsive nature of the interaction at high pressure causes the solvent to
release the molecules (see part (b) of Figure 3.10). The solvent should now
decouple from the solute and leave the nanotubes. The range of pressures
used in the current investigation (100-150 bar) is consistent with this scenario.
Finally, there are some more general considerations regarding the filling
process. Due to the larger area of interaction between the encapsulated
molecules and the nanotube inner walls, their interaction energy can be very
high and can result in irreversible encapsulation inside the tubes.
In contrast, the interaction energy between the CO2 and the nanotube is
much less, and this makes their trapping much less likely: the small diameter
of the CO2 molecules, of only 2.8 A, allows them to diffuse around the filling
molecules, and leave the nanotube through the open nanotube ends or side
wall defects in the tube.
51
![Page 61: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/61.jpg)
Chapter 4
Production of hybrids of
nanotubes and organo-metallic
molecular systems
This chapter describes the supercritical CO2 instrumentation and processes
developed and implemented in order to encapsulate the chosen organo-metallic
systems. This resulted in two variants, a primary one, suitable for air-
stable compounds, and another designed for dealing with air-sensitive sys-
tems. Preparation procedures applied to the carbon nanotubes prior to the
supercritical fluid encapsulation processes, and associated characterisation
are also described. Finally, a protocol for the exohedral functionalization of
carbon nanotubes is also given.
4.1 Synthesis of carbon nanotubes
The three methods of carbon nanotube synthesis most commonly employed
are laser vaporization, arc discharge and carbon vapour deposition (CVD).
Each method is quite different and tends to produce SWNTs with different
average diameters with different diameter distribution widths and different
levels of impurities.
52
![Page 62: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/62.jpg)
For the experiments in this study a synthesis method which produces a
broader diameter distribution is desirable. This is because while the the-
ory discussed in the previous chapter provides an estimate for the optimum
filling diameters for each molecule, they are not exact. A broader diameter-
distribution should increase the probability of the optimum diameter for each
molecule being present in the nanotube samples and provide the opportunity
of forming new supramolecular architectures.
4.1.1 Laser vaporization
In the laser vaporization method graphite containing a small amount of
embedded transition metal catalyst particles is vaporized using a pulsed laser
and condensed into SWNTs. This method tends to produce relatively small
amounts of SWNTs and the diameter distribution curve tends to be very
narrow [3]. This method would be very useful in experiments where a specific
nanotube diameter is desired.
4.1.2 Arc-discharge
One of the most commonly used methods of nanotube growth, in the arc-
discharge - method a voltage is applied across two graphite rods separated
by a ≈ 1 mm gap. In order to grow single-walled nanotubes, it is necessary
to embed catalyst particles in the graphite rod which acts as the cathode -
it is upon these particles that the nanotubes grow. The catalyst particles
are usually nanoparticles of transition metals such as Co, Ni or Fe [3]. In
addition to nanotube deposition, fullerenes and amorphous carbon are also
deposited onto the cathode at the same time [3]. The arc discharge method
is a high temperature process which requires temperature of ≈ 3000 o C [3].
The exact properties of the nanotubes that are grown by this method will
depend upon the conditions used; however, in general, the average diameter
of the nanotubes and the width of the distribution curve tends to be small.
The arc-SWNTs used in the experiments of this study were commercially
grown by NanoledgeTM and they have an average diameter of 1 nm.
53
![Page 63: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/63.jpg)
These nanotubes were chosen because their average diameter matches
well with the expected optimum diameter (0.8 nm) of the cobalt carbonyl
molecules as discussed in the previous chapter.
An example of a nanotube diameter distribution obtained using the arc-
discharge method is shown in Figure 4.1 [59]. This distribution shows that
although more nanotubes were produced with a diameter of ≈ 1.05 nm, a
significant fraction were produced which have diameters close to the peak di-
ameter. The diameter distribution is skewed to the left of the peak diameter,
favouring narrower nanotubes. This tendency would increase the number of
nanotubes with the optimum encapsulation diameter for the cobalt carbonyl
molecule and hence could result in an increase in filling yield.
Figure 4.1: A histogram showing the number of nanotubes produced as a function ofnanotube diameter for an arc-discharge method using an Fe catalyst [59].
54
![Page 64: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/64.jpg)
4.1.3 Carbon vapor deposition
The carbon vapor deposition process uses a lower temperature than the arc
synthesis method. In this method a gas of carbonaceous material is passed
over catalyst nanoparticles, usually of transition metals which are kept at a
temperature of ≈ 1000 oC in a reaction tube [3]. The CVD method tends
to produce SWNTs with larger diameters and broader diameter-distributions
than the arc method. Due to the lower temperature, the nanotubes also tend
to have a larger density of defects in their structure [3]. In addition to the
usual amorphous carbon and catalyst particle impurities, the CVD process
tends to result in a greater number of double and multi-walled nanotubes
being produced. The CVD nanotubes used in this study were sourced from
NanocylTM. They have an average diameter of 2.0 nm [60] - this is consis-
tent with the approximate optimum filling diameter of the porphyrin and
phthalocyanine molecules.
Figure 4.2 shows the diameter distribution for SWNTs grown by the
CVD method using Fe2O3 nanoparticles as a catalyst [61] - used here for
qualitative comparison with the Nanocyl nanotubes. Comparing Figure 4.2
with Figure 4.1, it can be seen that the diameter distribution obtained by the
CVD method is broader than that produced by the arc-discharge method.
The greater breadth of CVD distributions means that there should be a
significant number of nanotubes with diameters slightly greater and slightly
lesser the peak diameter - this should result in there being an ample supply
of nanotubes with diameters near to the optimum filling diameters of the
porphyrin (2.3 nm) and phthalocyanine (1.8 nm) molecules used in this study.
55
![Page 65: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/65.jpg)
Figure 4.2: A histogram showing the number of nanotubes produced as a function ofnanotube diameter for an CVD method using an Fe2O3 catalyst [61].
4.2 Purification of carbon nanotubes
4.2.1 Impurities
As-grown carbon nanotubes typically possess a number of impurities, which
in the case of CVD-grown nanotubes, can amount to as much as 30 % of
the batch material [60]. These impurities are composed of particles of amor-
phous carbon, residual metallic catalyst particles and carbon onions. A car-
bon onion is a metal catalyst particle around which a shell of amorphous
carbon has formed. A number of purification methods have been developed
to remove these impurities - these methods are now described:
(i) 4.2.2 Thermal oxidation
Thermal annealing in an oxidising atmosphere has been shown to be
an effective way to remove amorphous carbon from carbon nanotube
batches [62]. In this process the nanotube powder is heated at a tem-
perature in excess of 350o C in air. This process exploits the weaker
disordered bonding in the amorphous carbon structures relative to the
strong sp2 lattice bonding in the nanotubes.
56
![Page 66: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/66.jpg)
The combination of increased reactivity of the weaker bonds at high
temperature and the presence of oxygen in the air results in the amor-
phous carbon being oxidised and removed as either carbon dioxide or
carbon monoxide. This process is effective in removing both amor-
phous carbon particles and the shells of carbon around the carbon
onions (where reactivity is increased due to the high curvature). The
main drawback of this process is that it can also damage the nanotubes,
especially if the
nanotubes possess defects [63].
(ii) 4.2.3 Hydrogen peroxide-based oxidation
Another process which has been shown to be effective in removing
amorphous carbon from as-grown nanotubes is oxidation by hydrogen
peroxide (H2O2) in solution [63]. In this process the H2O2 oxidises the
amorphous carbon producing either carbon dioxide or carbon monox-
ide. This method is less aggressive than thermal annealing and hence
will result in less damage to the nanotubes.
(iii) 4.2.4 Acid reflux
A simple and effective method to remove residual catalyst particles
is to reflux the powder in concentrated hydrochloric acid (HCl) [64].
The HCl dissolves the metal catalyst particles, but does not attack the
nanotubes.
4.2.5 Purification procedures adopted
Using a combination of carbon oxidation and acid reflux processes it is possi-
ble to remove a great deal of the impurities from as-grown carbon nanotube
batches.
Two purification procedures were adopted for application to the nan-
otubes batches used in the experiments of this study.
57
![Page 67: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/67.jpg)
The first was more aggressive, and employed a combination of thermal
annealing and acid reflux techniques. Use of this procedure resulted in a
substantial reduction of the overall mass of purified nanotubes.
The sequence of steps is as follows:
Purification procedure 1
(i) As-grown nanotubes were heated in a solution of 70% concentrated HCl
for one hour at a temperature of 105o C in order to remove any exposed
catalyst particles.
(ii) The suspension was then filtered with deionized (D.I.) water under
vacuum pumping to dilute and remove the acid and left to dry at 90o
C over-night.
(iii) The resulting powder was heated in air for 45 minutes at 450o C to
oxidize the amorphous carbon and onion cages.
(iv) The dry powder was heated in a solution of 70 % concentrated HCl for
one hour at a temperature of 105o C in order to remove the metallic
cores of the carbon onions expsoed by the oxidation process.
(v) The suspension was then filtered with D.I. water under vacuum pump-
ing to dilute and remove the acid and left to dry at 90o C over-night.
Purification procedure 2
The second purification procedure used a combination of the hydrogen per-
oxide oxidation and acid reflux processes. This procedure results in a milder
and more selective purification, and a larger quantity of purified nanotubes
is obtained.
The sequence of steps is as follows:
(i) As-grown nanotubes were heated in a solution of 70% concentrated HCl
for one hour at a temperature of 105o C.
58
![Page 68: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/68.jpg)
(ii) The suspension was filtered with D.I. water and enthanol mixture under
vacuum pumping and left to dry over-night at 90o C.
(iii) The resulting powder was gently sonicated using a low-powered ultra-
sonic bath in 30 % concentrated H2O2 and then left to stir for one
month.
(iv) The suspension was filtered with D.I. water (to dilute and remove any
remaining H2O2) and enthanol under vacuum pumping and left to dry
over-night at 90o C.
(v) The dry powder was heated in a solution of 70 % concentrated HCl for
one hour at a temperature of 105o C in order to remove the metallic
cores of the carbon onions exposed by the oxidation process.
(vi) Step (ii) was then repeated.
4.3 Characterisation of purified nanotubes
Before filling experiments using the commercial arc (Nanoledge) and CVD
(Nanocyl) nanotubes were attempted, the quality of the nanotubes was in-
vestigated using transmission electron microscopy (TEM). The TEM images
obtained, which are discussed below, made it clear that further purification
of the nanotube material was necessary - therefore, both types of nanotube
were subjected to purification to remove impurities introduced during the
production process.
4.3.1 Characterisation of Arc SWNTs
The Nanoledge arc SWNTs were subjected to purification procedure 1 de-
scribed above. From the TEM images (Figure 4.3) of the nanotube mate-
rial before and after purification it can be seen that both the amount of
amorphous carbon and the number of catalyst particles are greatly reduced
post-purification.
59
![Page 69: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/69.jpg)
(a) (b)Amorphous carbon
Catalyst particle
Nanotube bundle
keV
Fe
Si
Cu
C
Figure 4.3: Transmission electron microscope (TEM) images of (a) as-grown commer-cial arc (Nanoledge) SWNTs and (b) after purification using procedure 1. The energy-dispersive x-ray (EDX) spectrum inset into part (b) shows that the arc-discharge nanotubesample still has a significant number of Fe catalyst particles even after purification. The Cusignature originates from the copper TEM grids on which the nanotubes were deposited.The small Si peak is another impurity left over from the growth process.
Amorphous carbon can be identified as irregular lumps of material with
a contrast similar to that of the nanotubes. The metallic catalyst particles
appear as very dark spots - due to their relatively high atomic number they
tend to scatter the electrons of the beam and hence very few electrons are
transmitted. The level of magnification shown in these images is too low to
see individual SWNTs, and only bundles of nanotubes are visible.
4.3.2 Characterisation of CVD SWNTs
The commercial CVD nanotubes used in this study were purified using both
procedures 1 and 2. Figure 4.4 shows the nanotubes before and after purifi-
cation using method 1.
60
![Page 70: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/70.jpg)
(a) (b)
keV
C
keV
Fe
C
Figure 4.4: (a) as-grown commercial CVD (Nanocyl) SWNTs and (b) after purificationusing procedure 1. The EDX spectrum inset into parts (a) and (b) shows that the CVDnanotube sample still has Fe catalyst particles present before purification and a negligiblenumber after purification.
After purification using this method there is a clear reduction in both the
amount of amorphous carbon and the number of metallic catalyst particles
present in the material. Comparing figures 4.4 and 4.3 one can see that
the CVD nanotube sample has less metallic particles present than the arc
nanotube sample purified with the same protocol. This is due to the presence
of a large amount of onions with metallic cores which are produced during
the arc-discharge synthesis process, which are difficult to remove.
Figure 4.5 shows the nanotubes before and after purification using method
2.
61
![Page 71: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/71.jpg)
(a) (b)(b)
Figure 4.5: (a) as-grown comercial CVD (Nanocyl) SWNTs and (b) after purificationusing procedure 2
This method also resulted in a significant decrease in the amount of im-
purities in the material, however, perhaps not as much as achieved using the
high temperature annealing process used in procedure 1.
Although purification procedure 1 appears to be more efficient than pro-
cedure 2, it was decided that it would be better to use procedure 2 to produce
the purified nanotubes to be used for the Raman spectroscopy experiments of
this study. It was thought that the hydrogen peroxide-based process would
result in fewer defects in the structure of the nanotube and hence create less
disruption to the nanotube spectra.
4.4 Nanotube end-opening
When formed, carbon nanotubes have hemi-spherical fullerenes capping their
ends. These present a significant barrier to filling molecules and therefore
need to be removed before a filling experiment is conducted. A method
known to remove these end caps is to heat the nanotubes in air [65].
62
![Page 72: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/72.jpg)
This process exploits the weaker C-C bonds in the in the end-caps of
the nanotubes - the greater curvature and hence greater reactivity results in
the carbon atoms in the caps being oxidised by the oxygen in the air and
removed. The curvature of the walls of the nanotubes is less than that of
the end-caps and hence the walls are stronger and less reactive - this makes
them less susceptible to the oxidation process. The main draw-back of this
process is the high temperature necessary to remove the end-caps can also
damage the walls of the nanotubes. However, this process is necessary if a
reasonable filling yield is to be obtained. Before each of the filling experiments
conducted in this study the nanotubes were heated in air for 45 minutes at
a temperature of 450 o C, to remove the end caps. The nanotubes to be
covered with molecules were not subjected to this process because filling was
not the goal.
4.5 Supercritical fluid molecular filling
experiments
4.5.1 Equipment set-up
Governed by the specific properties of the molecular systems to be filled, two
configurations of the rig have been used. Configuration A (Figure 4.6) is a
primary one, compatible with the use of molecules that are not air-sensitive.
Alternatively, for molecules that oxidize on exposure to air, configuration B
(Figure 4.8) was required. This involved further development of configuration
A, so that molecules were kept in a dry solvent (i.e avoiding air exposure)
over the whole duration of the filling experiment.
The purpose of the experimental rig shown is to provide and maintain
a stable supercritical CO2 fluid environment with specific user-set pressure
and temperature conditions. The various parts of the rig are indicated in the
figure and their roles are explained below.
63
![Page 73: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/73.jpg)
4.5.2 Configuration A
Figure 4.6: Schematic diagram of the supercritical CO2 rig in its basic configuration, A.
The liquid CO2 is supplied by a cylinder which is at room temperature and
pressurised to approximately 63 bars. Before entering the CO2 pump, the
liquid CO2 is cooled to 0 o C, it is then compressed by a liquid-CO2 pump. In
order to access the supercritical fluid state, the CO2 needs to be compressed
to a pressure greater than the critical pressure of 74 bars. After compression,
the liquid CO2 is first heated above the critical temperature of 31 o C by a
dedicated CO2 heater and then again in the autoclave. The autoclave is a
hollow stainless steel cylinder into which the nanotube samples to be filled are
inserted. A thermocouple and dedicated heater maintain the sample region
at a constant, chosen temperature. A back-pressure regulator maintains
a constant system pressure at a user-set value by opening and closing an
incorporated needle valve. At the end of the experiment, the waste CO2
is exhausted through the back pressure regulator to the outside. During
the molecular filling experiments conducted using this apparatus, the system
pressure was taken through a number of repeated cycles as explained in
chapter 3.
The majority of the equipment from which the rig is constructed is com-
puter controlled - this is a very useful feature as it makes lengthly sequences
of exact pressure cycles possible. An example of such a pressure cycle is
shown in Figure 4.7.
64
![Page 74: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/74.jpg)
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
18:00 18:20 18:40 19:4019:2019:00 20:00 20:20 20:40 21:00 21:20 21:40
Figure 4.7: Example pressure cycling experiment
Typically, in these experiments a cycle started at a pressure of 100 bars,
ramped up to 150 bars and then returned back to 100 bars. The period
of time and number of the cycles is different depending on the type of ex-
periment being run. The choice of experimental conditions will be justified
in the next section, and depends on the physical processes that govern the
nanotube filling.
4.5.3 Configuration B
Figure 4.8: Schematic diagram of the rig in the configuration B, for filling from solution.
65
![Page 75: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/75.jpg)
The filling molecules used in the second type of experiments are extremely
sensitive to oxidation. While the experiment is in progress, the solution in
which the molecules are dissolved (shown in the photograph in Figure 4.9 as
a dark yellow liquid) is stored in an air tight experiment flask. The flask is
connected to a supply of argon, this maintains a constant inert atmosphere
throughout the experiment. To further reduce the risk of contamination, it
was necessary to connect a bubbler to the gas line. This prevents a sudden
vacuum from drawing air into the flask and contaminating the solution. The
other major additions to the system are a co-solvent pump and a solvent
mixer. The co-solvent pump is used to draw the molecule solution from the
flask and to add it to the CO2 pipeline at the mixer. The co-solvent pump is
computer controlled and capable of automation. The mixer simply mixes the
relatively low pressure solution with the high pressure CO2. A photograph
of the whole set-up is shown in Figure 4.9.
Figure 4.9: Filling from solution experiment in progress with the equipment in configu-ration B.
66
![Page 76: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/76.jpg)
4.6 Sample production
Three different types of nanotube/ molecule hybrids were produced: (a) nan-
otubes endohedrally supercritically-filled from a mixed nanotube/ molecule
powder, (b) nanotubes endohedrally supercritcally-filled from a molecular
solution and (c) nanotubes exohedrally functionalised on the outer surface
with molecules. Nickel tetra phenyl prophyrin (NiTPP), Nickel Phthalo-
cyanine (NiPc) and Aluminium Phthalocyanine Chloride (ClAlPc) molecule
powders were purchased from Sigma Aldrich.
4.6.1 (a) ScCO2 filling of nanotubes from powder
This type of experiment involved supercritical filling of CVD SWNTs with
the NiTPP, ClAlPc and NiPc organo-metallic molecules. Given that these
molecules are not air sensitive, a powder mixture approach was used, with the
nanotubes and molecules being mixed prior to being exposed to the ScCO2.
Configuration A of the supercritical CO2 rig was used for the experimental
set-up. In this case, the ScCO2 helps the molecules to diffuse inside the
nanotube mat and reach the open ends of the nanotubes, from where they are
further carried inside the hollow cavity of the nanotube by the supercritical
fluid.
Several stages of material preparation were necessary before running the
experiment:
(i) CVD SWNTs were purified using either purification method 1 or 2 de-
pending upon whether the sample was to be used for high resolution
transmission electron microscopy or resonant Raman studies respec-
tively.
(ii) The purified nanotubes were end-opened using the procedure discussed
earlier.
(iii) The molecules to be used in the filling experiment were dissolved in
the solvent appropriate to each individual molecule (see Table 4.1) to
produce a saturated solution.
67
![Page 77: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/77.jpg)
Both the NiTPP and ClAlPc dissolved easily in the solvents suggested
by literature [39,66]. However, the NiPc molecule did not dissolve well
in any of the solvents tried; it was found to partially dissolve in ethanol.
(iv) The purified nanotubes were added to the molecule solutions and to-
gether they were mixed by mild sonication and mechanical stirring.
(v) This solution was then drip condensed onto a piece of silicon substrate
held on a heated plate at a temperature above the evaporation temper-
ature of the solvent, forming a nanotube/ molecule mat (Figure 4.10
(a)).
Molecule Solvent
NiTPP Chlorofrom
ClAlPc Ethanol
NiPc Ethanol
Table 4.1: Solvents used for solubilising the molecules [39,66].
When the mat had dried, the silicon substrate was then attached to a
sample holder for insertion into the system autoclave. The sample holder
rests on the lower frit of the autoclave as in Figure 4.10 (b). The frits are
filters with micro-meter sized pores, the lower frit prevents any contamination
from the pumps or pipeline from contaminating the system, while the upper
frit prevents clumps of the sample from escaping from the autoclave.
Clamps
Silicon substrate
Sample holderNanotube / molecule mat
Caps Frits
Sample
holder
Autoclave
(a) (b)
Figure 4.10: (a) Schematic diagram of the sample holder prior to autoclave insertion.(b) cross-section view of the autoclave with the sample inserted.
68
![Page 78: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/78.jpg)
Pressure cycles between 100 and 150 bars, similar to those shown in Figure
4.7, were run. A typical experiment lasted for a number of days with a
number of pressure cycles being carried out; a summary of the experiments
conducted is given in Table 4.2. The experiments were run with a fixed
sample temperature of 50o C.
4.6.2 Summary of samples produced
Five samples were produced, the two samples destined for HR-TEM study
were purified using procedure 1, had shorter filling experiments with fewer
pressure cycles and used only the NiTPP molecule. The remaining three
samples were purified using procedure 2, had longer filling experiments with a
greater number of cycles, and all three of the non-air sensitive molecules were
used. These samples were studied using Raman spectroscopy. A summary
of the samples produced is given in Table 4.2.
Molecule Number of cycles Cycle duration / hours Future experiments
NiTPP 3 12.5 HRTEM
NiTPP 3 30 HRTEM
NiTPP 10 24 Raman
ClAlPc 9 24 Raman
NiPc 8 24 Raman
Table 4.2: Summary of samples produced by the powder filling experiments.
4.6.3 (b) ScCO2 filling of nanotubes from a molecular
solution
For filling of SWCNTs with Cobalt Carbonyl molecules it was necessary to
develop a method which avoided contact of the molecules with oxygen, this
is because the molecules readily oxidise in air.
69
![Page 79: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/79.jpg)
For this reason it was decided to use a filling-from-solution method, with
the set-up in configuration B. In contrast to the powder filling experiments,
the filling molecules in solution are introduced directly to the ScCO2. It was
thought that this might have resulted in a greater solubilisation of the cobalt
carbonyl molecules and hence might allow the molecules to diffuse through
the nanotube mat more easily. Cobalt carbonyl molecules were purchased
from Sigma Aldrich.
The nanotubes of this experiment were prepared using the following pro-
cedure:
(i) Arc nanotubes material was subjected to purification procedure 1.
(ii) The nanotubes were then end opened using the procedure described
earlier.
(iii) Hexane was used to make a suspension of the nanotubes, and this
suspension was drip condensed to form a mat on a silicon substrate
which was attached to the sample holder.
The main differences between this method and that of the method used
in the powder filling experiments is that the molecules were not mixed with
the nanotubes directly, and the use of smaller diameter arc-nanotubes.
The creation of the cobalt carbonyl solution using dry hexane (dry hexane
being oxygen free) required a completely new method of sample preparation.
The oxygen sensitive nature of the filling molecules meant that all the pro-
cessing stages had to be done in an inert atmosphere. The inert atmospheres
for the weighing of the molecules and the subsequent mixing of the molecule
solution were provided by the use of a glove box and Schlenk line under a
nitrogen atmosphere respectively. The resulting solution was kept under an
argon atmosphere for the entire filling experiment, as shown in Figure 4.9.
The cobalt carbonyl/ hexane solution was slowly added to the supercritical
CO2 during the filling experiment by the co-solvent pump via the mixer.
The type of co-solvent pump used for these experiments is designed to pump
solvents such as hexane.
70
![Page 80: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/80.jpg)
The pressure of the CO2 was cycled between 100 to 150 bars as with the
other powder experiments, however, due to the limited volume of cobalt car-
bonyl / hexane solution contained in the experimental flask the experiments
were limited to cycles of only 50 minutes in duration.
Unfortunately, these experiments were unsuccessful and no useable sam-
ples were produced. This resulted from the cobalt carbonyl/ hexane solution
causing the valves in the co-solvent pump to block and hence causing the
pumping to stop. It was necessary to dismantle part of the apparatus and
send the pump away for costly repairs. In an attempt to overcome this
problem, a number of these experiments were conducted, with both dilute
and very dilute solutions; however, the result was the same each time. It
was decided that in order to save time and avoid costly repairs, that it was
best to concentrate on the experiments using the air-stable molecules and to
abandon air-sensitive cobalt carbonyl molecules as filling materials.
4.6.4 (c) Exohedral functionalisation of SWNTs
These experiments produced CVD SWNTs with their exterior surfaces cov-
ered with each of the air-stable molecules. The procedure used to create
these samples is as follows:
(i) CVD SWNTs were purified using purification method 2.
(ii) The molecules to be used to produce the nanotube hybrid samples
were dissolved in the solvent appropriate to each individual solvent
(see Table 4.1) to produce a saturated solution.
(iii) The purified nanotubes were added to the molecule solutions and to-
gether they were mixed by mild sonication and stirred mechanically for
several days.
(iv) This solution was then drip condensed onto a piece of silicon substrate
held on a heated plate at a temperature above the evaporation tem-
perature of the solvent, forming a nanotube/ molecule mat.
71
![Page 81: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/81.jpg)
A method similar to the one described has been found to result in nan-
otubes with a good coverage of molecules [42].
The key differences between the samples production methods for covered
samples are that the samples were not end-opened prior to being covered
and the covered SWNTs were not exposed to ScCO2. The exclusion of these
two steps should ensure that the number of molecules attached to the outer
surface of the nanotubes should far exceed those encapsulated inside which
may have entered through defects in the walls of the nanotubes. The samples
produced by this method were investigated by resonant Raman spectroscopy.
It is important to note here that the nanotubes used to create these
samples were from the same batch as those used to make the ScCO2 filled
from powder samples, matched by molecule. This means that it is reasonable
to compare the Raman spectra of SWNTs filled and covered with the same
molecular system. However, the nanotube batches used to form the hybrid
samples were dissimilar between molecular types and therefore cannot be
compared reliably. This is because a Raman spectrum acquired from SWNTs
from batches which have undergone a greater amount of purification may be
slightly different to a spectrum acquired from to an earlier batch which is
less purified.
4.7 Removal of extraneous molecular
material
After each nanotube filling or covering experiment, the samples were washed
using the appropriate solvent for each individual molecule Table 4.1. This
process was necessary to remove excess (i.e. unattached) molecules in the
sample. Excess molecules can cause the resonant Raman spectra of nan-
otube/ molecule hybrid samples to be dominated by the spectrum of the
molecules. The washing was effected by filtering the sample with the ap-
propriate solvent (i.e. the solvent which solubilised the respective molecule)
under vacuum pumping until the filtered solvent became colourless. The
resulting powder was then washed with water and dried over-night at 90o C.
72
![Page 82: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/82.jpg)
Chapter 5
HRTEM investigations of the
internal structure of hybrids of
nanotubes and organo-metallic
molecular systems
We demonstrate through High Resolution Transmission Electron Microscopy
(HRTEM) the successful encapsulation of large, planar organo-metallic molecules
(larger than in previous works) by SWNTs using a supercritical CO2 based
method. Due to their size (≈2 nm across), such molecular systems are ex-
pected to be difficult to encapsulate using more standard, thermal diffusion-
based procedures. Encapsulation was obtained in nanotubes with a wide range
of diameters, including diameters less than an optimum value resulting from
geometrical considerations. Unlike in other works, HRTEM revealed row-like
ordering of the organo-metallic molecules in nanotubes with diameters close
to the optimum value. Confinement by the nanotube template appears to play
a role as templates of larger diameters did not induce ordering.
73
![Page 83: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/83.jpg)
5.1 High Resolution Transmission Electron
Microscopy
High resolution transmission electron microscopy (HRTEM) is a very useful
technique for studying carbon nanotubes - it can be used to identify the
presence of nanotubes in a sample, perform measurements of the diameters
of nanotubes in a sample to provide statistics for diameter distributions and
to identify structural defects [23].
Transmission electron microscopy is a direct imaging technique [23] which
allows for the interior of the nanotubes to be probed. This makes it ideally
suited to characterising the internal structure of carbon nanotube hybrids.
Figure 5.1 shows a schematic drawing of the most important components
of a TEM.
Electron gun
(source)
Condenser lens
Specimen
Objective lens
Projector lens
Imaging screen
Figure 5.1: Schematic diagram showing the primary components of a TEM, includingthe most important magnetic lenses, specimen and imaging screen (based upon [67]).
74
![Page 84: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/84.jpg)
A TEM works by exploiting the particle wave duality of electrons, which
is described by the de Broglie relationship:
λe =h
mev, (5.1)
where λe is the effective wavelength and v is speed of the electrons in the
TEM beam, me is the mass the electron, and h is Planck’s constant [67].
With sufficiently high electron velocities it is possible to obtain effective
wavelengths of less than an angstrom, and hence to resolve structures much
smaller than possible with an optical microscope.
Electrons are accelerated in the electron gun of the TEM by a voltage
V . This is the source of the radiation which will illuminate the sample to
be investigated. An electron accelerated by a voltage V will gain a kinetic
energy described by 12mev
2 = eV , where e is the charge of the electron.
From which: v =√
2eVme
. Substituting this equation for v in equation 5.1
gives: λe = h√2meeV
. Putting in the values for the constants, the following
expression is obtained: [67]:
λe =12.3√V
A. (5.2)
It is clear that the larger V becomes the smaller the effective wavelength of
the electrons becomes. For example for an acceleration voltage of 100 kV,
λe = 0.039 A. If the resolution of a TEM depended entirely upon the effective
wavelength of the electrons being accelerated, it could achieve sub-atomic
resolution. However, the main limit to the resolution of a TEM is the quality
of the magnetic lenses which guide and focus the electron beam.
The condenser lens regulates the convergence of the illuminating beam
on the specimen. The objective lens focuses the electron beam which has
passed through the specimen and provides the first magnification of the image
produced. The projection lens magnifies a portion of the magnified image
further to form the final image.
75
![Page 85: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/85.jpg)
The lens which has the greatest effect on the resolution of the image
formed is the objective lens; it is the most critical component of a TEM [67].
There are a number of intrinsic aberrations to electron optics which cannot
be corrected, but their effects can be minimized. The most important is
known as spherical aberration [67] - it is produced by the geometry of the
lens field. It occurs along the axis of the beam and results from the lens
further away from the centre of the beam having a greater refractive power
and hence shorter focal length. In a modern HRTEM system with a suitable
sample it is possible to obtain minimum resolutions in the order of a few
angstroms.
Images are obtained from a TEM by an imaging system which converts
the electron radiation into visible light such as a fluorescent viewing screen
[67].
Details of the images produced are due to variations in specimen contrast
[67]. When the electrons of the beam transit through a specimen, a fraction
will be scattered by the material present. If scattered by a large enough
angle, the electrons are lost from the beam and a corresponding loss of beam
intensity results. The amount of scattering which occurs at a given point
in the specimen is dependent upon the physical density and thickness of the
material there. In the images shown in this chapter, bright regions indicate
high electron transport and low scattering, while dark regions indicate a high
level of electron scattering and a low level of transmission.
In the TEM study of carbon nanotubes the factor most likely to result
in specimen damage is exposure of the nanotubes to the electron beam.
This is especially true for nanotubes studied under HRTEM conditions using
acceleration voltages in excess of 100 keV.
Damage to the sample occurs through inelastic scattering between the
electrons of the beam and the material of the specimen. The amount of
damage done to the sample depends most of all upon the beam current
and the exposure time. The minimum beam intensity required to form a
usable image limits how far the beam current can be reduced, therefore when
imaging samples it is wise to minimize the duration for which the sample is
exposed to the beam.
76
![Page 86: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/86.jpg)
Irradiation of carbon nanotubes by an electron beam results in structural
defects and eventually destruction of the nanotube.
5.2 Equipment and experimental methods
SWNTs filled with NiTPP molecules were sonicated in chloroform using an
ultra-sonic probe to form a well dispersed and de-bundled solution. Drips
of this solution were deposited onto lacey carbon film TEM grids. Lacey
carbon film grids are formed from very thin films of carbon which possess
irregular holes. The best contrast of the interior of the filled nanotubes is
obtained from individually separated nanotubes which are suspended across
these holes.
HRTEM was performed by Dr. Adelina Ilie using two microscopes at the
University of Oxford, a JEOL 3000F field-emssion gun (FEG) microscope
and a 4000HR with a LaB6 source, both operated at 100 keV. The 3000F
microscope had a spherical aberration coefficient (Cs) of 0.57 mm giving
it a point resolution of ≈ 0.225 nm at 100 keV, while the 4000HR had a
substantially less good resolution due to higher energy spread and beam
divergence (see Table 5.1). Nevertheless, the resolution of the 4000HR was
sufficient to allow one to observe the contour of the encapsulated molecules
(see section 5.4). The majority of the images in this study were taken with
the 4000HR microscope.
77
![Page 87: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/87.jpg)
Microscope Spherical Defocus Energy Beamaberration spread / nm spread / eV divergencecoefficient / mm / mrad
4000HR 0.9 10 1 1(LaB6 source)
3000F 0.6 4 0.1 0.15(FEG)
Table 5.1: Microscope parameters for the two HRTEMs used in this study.
The 100 keV energy of the electrons is slightly above the knock-on thresh-
old of ≈86 keV for carbon atoms in pure carbon nanostructures [68,69], such
as empty SWNTs, and is considered as appropriate for routine images of such
nanostructures [68]. In order to reduce the rate of knock-on displacement of
carbon atoms [69], the irradiation dose was kept low. Calculations based
upon Ref. [69] show that at 100 keV, under beam current densities of 0.4
to 2 A/cm2 (as used here), the displacement rate of carbon atoms, p, ranges
between 3.6 × 10−5 to 1.8 × 10−4s−1; this is equivalent to saying that each
carbon atom under the beam has been displaced once in 1/p ranging from
28000 s (for the lowest dose), to 5600 s (for the highest dose) [70]. These val-
ues compare well with our observation times, which were kept low, typically,
to only several minutes.
To compare with the experimental images, HRTEM images were sim-
ulated. For this, structural models of carbon nanotubes with encapsulated
organo-metallic molecules were generated with Crystal Maker [71], while their
image simulations were performed with SimulaTEM [72]. Sets of focal series
were produced with the molecules in different conformations.
Generating focal series implied that the focal length was varied from under
focused to over focused. This was done in order to minimise the effect of the
spherical aberration Cs. At the so called Scherzer focus zs given by:
78
![Page 88: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/88.jpg)
zs = −c√Csλ (5.3)
with c a constant between 1.0 and 1.2, the image of a weak phase (thin)
object, such as a carbon nanotube is intuitively interpretable [73].
5.3 HRTEM of related systems
Prior work on organometallic systems close in size to those used in this study
will now be discussed. For all encapsulated systems, when determining the
optimum filling diameter for a particular molecule it is necessary to consider
both the geometry of the molecule and the interaction between the van der
Waals surface of the molecule and that of the interior of the nanotube in
which they are to be encapsulated. In general the optimum filling diameter
of the nanotube is given by the equation 3.3.
In a study by Schulte et al [36], roughly square CoPc molecules with
a corresponding van der Waals surface of ≈ 1.1nm2 in area [74] and 1.5
nm across the diagonal were encapsulated inside carbon nanotubes [36] (see
Figure 5.2 (a)). With the dimensions quoted, the CoPc molecule would have
doptimum of ≈ 1.4 nm for side-on filling (Figure 5.2 (c)) and an doptimum≈1.8 nm for face-on filling (Figure 5.2 (d)). CoPc molecules were found to
be encapsulated with a high yield inside of nanotubes of 2.2 and 2.6 nm in
diameter and to a lesser extent inside of nanotubes with d = 1.5 nm [36]. The
higher filling yield observed in the larger diameter nanotubes is attributed to
greater freedom of entry for the molecules into the interior of the nanotubes
[36]. The authors also deduced that in nanotubes with d < 1.8 nm the
molecule will only fit inside the molecule if inclined at an angle. We note
that this might be due to the rather rigid structure of the phthalocyanines;
the six-member ring appendages are linked through two C-C bonds to the
phthalocyanine body which does not allow significant distortion outside of
the plane of the molecule.
79
![Page 89: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/89.jpg)
The authors did not observe any significant ordering of the CoPc encapsu-
lates in any of the nanotube templates, from narrow to wide diameter, based
on HRTEM evidence (see Figure 5.2 (a)), though some ordering was inferred
from near-edge X-ray absorption fine structure (NEXAFS) investigations.
(a) (b)
a
b
c
0.15 nm
1.5 nm 1.8 nm
0.15 nm
1.4 nm1.1 nm
(c) (d)
Figure 5.2: HRTEM images of carbon nanotubes encapsulated with CoPc molecules [36](a) and H8Si8O12 [34] (b). Schematic diagrams of the molecules [34, 36], are shown asinserts. (c) and (d) show side-on and face-on contours of the CoPc molecule inside of anoptimum diameter SWNTs respectively.
In a similar study by Wang et al [34] both SWNT and MWNTs were filled
with roughly cubic H8Si8O12 molecules (see Figure 5.2 (b)). The van der
Waals diameter of the molecule was calculated to be 0.9 nm with a resulting
optimum diameter of 1.2 nm across the diagonal of one side of the cube [34].
They found that SWNTs of greater than 1.2 nm were filled to a high degree
with H8Si8O12 molecules. The lack of aromatic appendages meant that no
self-assembly inside of the nanotubes templates occurred for these molecules.
80
![Page 90: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/90.jpg)
Both systems shown in Figure 5.2 are being used for comparison with our
own experimental images.
5.4 Structural characterisation of hybrids of
SWNTs and endohedral NiTPP
The NiTPP molecule is a roughly square molecule, its van der Waals surface
measures 2.0 nm across the diagonal of the molecule and 1.4 nm along the
side - the molecule is shown schematically in Figure 5.3 (a).
With these considerations in mind, there will be two optimum diameters
for the NiTPP molecule, one measured using the dimension of the side of the
molecule and another using the diagonal. A molecule that might not fit face
on may fit side on. If the molecule enters face on, ddiagonal= 2.0 + 2×0.15
= 2.3 nm is the optimum diameter (see Figure 5.3 (b)). The same optimum
diameter would be valid if the molecule was to be rotated through 90 degrees
about an axis normal to the nanotube axis - we call this encapsulation along
the diagonal of the molecule. It is also possible for the molecule to enter
narrower nanotubes if it enters side on, in this case the optimum diameter
dside= 1.4 + 2×0.15 = 1.7 nm (see of Figure 5.3 (c)).
1.4 nm
1.4 nm
2.0 nm
NiTPP molecule
(a)
0.15 nm
2.0 nm 2.3 nm
(b)
0.15 nm
1.7 nm1.4 nm
(c)
Figure 5.3: Schematic diagrams of (a) the van der Waals surface of the NiTPP molecule(based upon [37]) and the optimum nanotube diameters for (b) face-on and (c) side-onencapsulation.
Figure 5.4 shows encapsulation of NiTPP molecules inside of nanotubes
around the optimum diameter for encapsulation along the diagonal - mea-
surements of the nanotube diameters were obtained using Gatan Digital Mi-
crograph analysis software.
81
![Page 91: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/91.jpg)
High yield and continuous filling is observed for nanotubes with d >2.3
nm - this is consistent with a greater freedom of entry for the molecules in
these wider nanotubes. Unlike the CoPc molecules from [36] (Figure 5.2 (a)),
the NiTPP molecules appear to organize with a certain degree of ordering
forming rows of molecules showing diamond-like units. This suggests encap-
sulation of the NiTPP along its diagonal, as shown in Figure 5.4 (d). In this
case, molecules may assemble via the π-stacking of their six member ring
appendages as proposed schematically in Figure 5.4 (e).
2.0 nm
2.0 nm
2.0 nm
Figure 5.4: HRTEM of NiTPP - filled nanotubes with diameters greater than 2.3 nm, i.e.above the threshold for diagonal encapsulation. (a) Long continuous filling within a 2.3nm diameter SWNT; (b) part of the same filling as in (a) with the row of molecules shiftedtowards the center of the nanotube. (c) NiTPP inside of a 2.7 nm diameter nanotube. (d)Schematics of diagonal encapsulation of the NiTPP. (e) Proposed π-stacking of NiTPPmolecules.
Focal series (Figure 5.5) have been simulated in order to propose an as-
signment to the conformation of the NiTPP molecules inside of the nanotubes
from Figure 5.4.
82
![Page 92: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/92.jpg)
Defocusing distance was varied in steps of 5 nm above and below the
Scherzer focus. The images at the Scherzer focus (see section 5.2) are the
ones framed in red.
Figure 5.5 (c) shows the molecule in side-on entry inside of the nanotube,
with the six-member ring appendages roughly perpendicular to the central
body of the molecule, as in free-form, while 5.5 (b) shows the appendages
being rotated to roughly align to the plane of the body of the molecule. This
rotation has been performed as none of the experimental images show the
dark contrast that accompanies the appendages positioned as in Figure 5.5
(c).
Figure 5.5: HRTEM simulated images of NiTPP entering SWNTs along diagonal (a) andside-on (b, c), respectively. Defocus varied in steps of 5 nm above and below the Scherzerfocus, located at -57 nm. Larger nanotubes are needed to accommodate the molecule whenentering along the diagonal. Parameters used for the simulation are those of the 4000HRmicroscope. In red, Ni atoms; in blue, N; in black, C; and in orange, H.
We note that the appendages of the TPP molecules are expected to be more
flexible than those of the Pc molecules (see Figure 5.2 (a)) due to just a single
C-C bond with the body of the molecule.
83
![Page 93: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/93.jpg)
It is in this conformation of the appendages that non-metallic (un-chelated)
TPP self assembles with other TPP molecules to form J-aggregates in un-
constrained environments [75] (see Figure 5.6).
In unchelated TPP-based J-aggregates the assembly occurs through π-
stacking between the appendage of one molecule and the central body of the
neighbouring one.
Figure 5.6: Unchelated TPP self-assembled into J-aggregates (based upon [75]). The topdiagram shows sliding of the molecules along two directions in order to produce π-stacking.
However, as noted in chapter 3 section 3.3, the presence of the central
metal, as in our case, disrupts this π-bonding; the remaining possibility is π
(AB-) stacking through appendages of adjacent molecules.
Figure 5.7 demonstrates that NiTPP encapsulation has been achieved
using ScCO2 as a transporting medium in a large range of diameters, sub- and
above doptimum. Encapsulation in a sub-optimum diameter of 1.3 nm (Figure
5.7 (a)) has been observed only occasionally, therefore it has a low yield. In
addition, even when encapsulated inside of a nanotube the filling is sparse
and the molecules, seen in side view, seem highly distorted. Figure 5.7 (c)
shows that encapsulation of molecules in much larger diameters than doptimum
is not conducive of ordering, potentially due to having relaxed the spatial
constraint imposed by the nanotube template. Based upon the HRTEM
evidence gathered, it appears that ordered assembly in a single row (Figure
5.7 (b)) is highly favoured when the molecules are constrained in nanotubes
with diameter close to doptimum.
84
![Page 94: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/94.jpg)
Figure 5.7: Experimental HRTEM images of NiTPP encapsulated inside of three typesof nanotube templates: with d < doptimum (a), (b) d ≈ doptimum, and (c) d > doptimum.
Ordering has been observed in TEM also when small rectangular perylene-
3,4,9,10-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (PTCDA) organic molecules were en-
capsulated [76]. In this case doubly stacked molecular structures were ob-
tained. The observation of the ordering in Figure 5.7 (b) might be favoured
also by the lower electron doses used in this study. In contrast, in [36] or-
dering of CoPc was not observed directly by HRTEM. It has been suggested
by [36] that the ordering may have been destroyed by interaction between
the electron beam of the TEM and the encapsulated molecules. This effect
was minimized in our work by careful choice of low electron beam doses (see
section 5.2).
85
![Page 95: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/95.jpg)
Chapter 6
Resonant Raman spectroscopy
of filled carbon nanotubes
In this chapter Raman spectroscopy is employed to investigate the electronic
properties of SWNTs both endo-and exohedrally functionalized with planar
organo-metallic molecules. Changes in both the radial breathing mode (RBM)
and G bands are observed upon functionalisation. The changes in the posi-
tions of the nanotube G bands, known to be sensitive to charge transfer-
induced strain, are discussed in terms of charge transfer from the molecules
to the nanotube. Changes in G band peak position are also discussed in terms
of structural strain induced in the nanotube by the encapsulation process.
6.1 Introduction to the Raman effect
6.1.1 Raman-active molecules - a classical treatment
When a molecule is subjected to irradiation with an electromagnetic wave
with a frequency ν, the oscillatory electric field ~E of the electromagnetic wave
slightly changes the distribution of the electrons within the molecule. This
causes a dipole moment ~P to be induced in the molecule. ~P is proportional
to ~E and can be expressed as:
86
![Page 96: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/96.jpg)
~P = α~E, (6.1)
where the constant of proportionality α is the polarizability of the molecule.
The polarizability can be thought of as how easily the electron cloud of the
molecule can be distorted. As both the ~E and the molecule are three dimen-
sional, α is a tensor quantity. For simplicity, we shall limit our discussion
here to one dimension. Substituting the wave equation of an oscillating elec-
tric field E = E0Cos(2πνt) into equation (6.1) the following expression is
obtained:
P = αE0Cos(2πνt), (6.2)
where E0 is the maximum amplitude of the oscillatory electric field and t
is time. In a Raman-active molecule, the polarizability of the molecule is
linked to the vibrational state of the molecule, therefore it is necessary to
add an additional term to α. The polarizability of the molecule is split into
two components, one which is independent of molecular vibration α0, and
a second which is a sum of terms having the periodic time dependence of
the normal frequencies of the system under consideration and which changes
with the molecular vibration αn. The polarizability is given by
α = α0 +∑
αncos2πνnt (6.3)
The normal frequencies νn may be the rotation or vibrational frequencies
of the system under study. Now substituting equation (6.3) into equation
(6.2) the following equation for the dipole moment of the molecule can be
obtained:
P = α0E0Cos(2πνt) +1
2E0
∑αn[Cos2π(ν −∆νn)t+ Cos2π(ν + ∆νn)t]
(6.4)
87
![Page 97: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/97.jpg)
The first term of the expression describes the dipole moment of the
molecule oscillating with the same frequency as that the electric field of the
incident electromagnetic wave ν0. It is well known from the electromagnetic
theory of waves that an oscillating dipole emits electromagnetic radiation the
frequency of which is that of the dipole. There is no discrepancy between
the frequencies of the incident and scattered radiation, therefore this term of
the expression simply describes Rayleigh scattering.
The second term contains a component that refers to vibrations at two
different frequencies (ν −∆νn) and (ν + ∆νn), these account for the Stokes
and anti-Stokes Raman bands respectively. This equation reveals the main
pre-requisite for Raman scattering to occur - for the Raman effect to occur,
the factor∑αn must be non-zero - it means that the vibrational modes of a
molecule are Raman-active only if vibrational displacement of the molecule
results in a change in the polarizability. The practical consequence of this
selection rule is that a molecule could have a large number of possible vibra-
tional modes but only a subset of these will be Raman active [77].
The problem of describing the allowed normal modes lends itself to group
theory, with its (molecular) point groups and associated symmetry elements.
In particular, the following rule applies; if the symmetry group of a normal
mode is the same as the symmetry group of a quadratic form (x2, xy etc.)
then the mode is Raman-active [20]. For example, in the case of carbon
nanotubes, for 1st-order Raman processes, the Raman active modes have
group symmetries A, E1 and E2 [28].
6.1.2 Photonic scattering processes
While classical electromagnetic theory provides a thorough view of the Ra-
man effect, there are however, some effects that classical theory alone cannot
explain. For example, classically speaking the molecule can vibrate at any
frequency, while in reality that is not the case. A quantum mechanical treat-
ment provides a clearer view of the situation.
88
![Page 98: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/98.jpg)
When a Raman-active material is irradiated with light of frequency ν0
a vast number of photons with quantised energy ε0 = hν0 pass through the
material unhindered. However, a fraction of the photons are reflected away
from the main direction of propagation, i.e. are scattered. The majority of
the photons undergo elastic (or Rayleigh) scattering in which a photon with
an energy ε0 incident upon the material is absorbed by the material, exciting
an electron from the ground state to a virtual state εr. There is then a rapid
decay from this state down to the ground state - a photon with a quantised
energy of εs is emitted as a result (see Figure 6.1).
ELECTRONIC GROUND STATE
0
V1
V2
V3
VIRTUAL EXCITED STATE ,Ɛr
VIBRATIONAL EXCITED STATES
RAYLEIGH STOKES ANTI-STOKES
INCIDENT PHOTON SCATTERED PHOTON
SCATTERED PHOTONINCIDENT PHOTON
INCIDENT PHOTON SCATTERED PHOTON
V
Figure 6.1: The three possible ways light can scatter from a Raman-active material(based upon [78]).
The process is elastic, therefore there is no difference ∆ε between the
energy quantra of the incident and scattering photons, such that the following
expression is true:
∆ε = ε0 − εs = 0 (6.5)
A small fraction of the scattered light undergoes Raman scattering, which
is an inelastic process. In this effect, incident photonic energy is either re-
duced or augmented by the interaction with the material. This energy change
is accounted for by a quantised electronic change in the vibrational energy
state of the molecule.
89
![Page 99: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/99.jpg)
There are two components to Raman scattered light, one which results
from vibrational quatra ∆νn being gained by the material from an incident
photon and a second where the opposite is true - they are known as Stokes
and anti-Stokes scattering repectively.
If the material absorbs an incident photon of energy ε0 and is excited
from the ground state to a virtual state εr, the material rapidly decays from
the virtual state down to a vibrationally excited state νn, emitting a photon
with a lower energy εs in a random direction in the process; this is Stokes
scattering. The energy difference between the incident and scattered photon
is non-zero and given by the following relation:
∆ε = ε0 − εs = +∆νn, (6.6)
where ∆νn is a quantum of vibrational energy in the material.
In Stokes scattering a quantum of vibrational energy ∆νn has been im-
parted to the material, and as a result of the conservation of energy, the
scattered photon has lower energy than that of the incident. The material is
left in a vibrationally excited state.
In anti-Stokes scattering the opposite situation occurs - initially the ma-
terial exists in a vibrationally-excited state. Incident radiation excites the
material from a vibrationally excited state νn to a virtual excited state εr.
The material rapidly decays from the virtual excited state down to the elec-
tronic ground state of the material via the emission of a scattered photon with
energy εs. The anti-Stokes scattered photon is of a higher energy than that
of the incident, such that the energy difference between the two is described
by the following expression:
∆ε = ε0 − εs = −∆νn. (6.7)
In anti-Stokes scattering, the material has lost a quantum of vibrational
energy ∆νn and is left in a lower vibrational state.
90
![Page 100: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/100.jpg)
There are different orders of Raman scattering - in 1st order Raman scat-
tering, the incident photon gives energy to a single vibration, where as in 2nd
order Raman scattering an incident photon gives energy to two vibrations.
6.1.3 A typical Raman spectrum
Materials are usually in the ground vibrational state, as a result Stokes scat-
tering occurs far more often that anti-Stokes scattering. For this reason
Stokes scattering is usually what is measured in Raman spectroscopy experi-
ments [79]. The value that is measured in a typical Raman spectrum is called
the Raman shift, this is simply the energy difference between the incident
and scattered light but in terms of wavenumber k, such that the Raman shift
is given by the following:
∆k = k0 − ks (6.8)
The energy difference ∆ε is related to the Raman shift by the ∆k by the
following equation:
∆ε =hc
2π∆k, (6.9)
where h is Planck’s constant and c is the speed of light in vacuum.
In a typical Raman spectrum, the intensity of light scattered from the
sample is plotted as a function of Raman shift. By convention, Raman shift
is measured in units of cm-1.
The Raman shift from Stokes scattered light is measured from zero up to
some maximum value imposed by limitations of the detector used to acquire
the spectrum. The Raman shift increases with wavenumber, a large Raman
shift indicates that a large amount of the energy of the incident photon has
been converted into vibrational energy in the material.
91
![Page 101: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/101.jpg)
Every molecule or nanoscale structure has a unique set of allowed Raman-
active vibrational modes - these result in a set of bands in the Raman spec-
trum which are individual to that material. The intensity of these bands
provides information about the photon-material interaction occurring in the
sample. For example, a high intensity band is an example of a situation
where there is a strong energy exchange between the incident photons and
material.
6.1.4 Resonant Raman scattering
A powerful technique which is very useful for poorly scattering samples is
Resonant Raman spectroscopy. The resonant Raman effect occurs when the
energy of the incident light is approximately equal to an electronic transition
energy of the sample. Here the virtual excited state εr of the regular Raman
effect has been replaced by an actual excited state εn, this results in a mas-
sive increase in the intensity of the Raman scattered light. As well as the
obvious benefit of greatly increased Raman-band intensities, through careful
selection of the wavelength of the incident light the resonance effect can be
used to selectively study the substructure of large molecules [20]. With the
easy access to lasers which can provide monochromatic beams of coherent
light at a range of wavelengths, Resonant Raman spectroscopy has become
a widely used and very useful analytical technique.
6.2 Resonant Raman spectroscopy of SWNTs
Carbon nanotubes are one dimensional quantum systems, as such their elec-
tronic density of states is distributed into quantised functions called van Hove
singularities (see section 2.3.4). If an electronic transition occurs in a car-
bon nanotube, it must be from a van Hove singularity in the valence band
to a van Hove singularity in the conduction band, or vice versa, while also
obeying the selection rules.
92
![Page 102: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/102.jpg)
The selection rules for optical transitions in carbon nanotubes depend
upon a number of aspects:
(i) The initial electronic state before the transition takes place.
(ii) The linear polarisation direction of the incident photon which will cause
the transition.
(iii) The symmetry of the phonon produced.
In general, the selection rule for optical transitions between the van Hove
singularities of the SWNT valence and conduction bands, EµV and Eµ
C re-
spectively, is given by EµV → Eµ′
C, where µ and µ′ are the initial and final
states respectively. Here µ′ = µ for incident light polarized along the axis of
the nanotube (z axis) and µ′ = µ±1 for light polarized normal to the surface
of the nanotube (x axis) [28].
When Resonant Raman spectroscopy is used to probe carbon nanotubes,
a resonance condition can be achieved when the excitation energy of the
probe laser matches that of the energy gap separating opposite van Hove
singularities. When resonance is achieved the signal from the carbon nan-
otubes is greatly enhanced. If the laser excitation energy does not match
an allowed transition energy, then no enhancement in the nanotube Raman
signal will be obtained [28].
6.2.1 Resonant Raman spectra of SWNT
The modes expected from a typical Resonant Raman spectrum are shown
below in Figure 6.2, which is an example spectrum of bundles of Nanocyl
NC1100 nanotubes. The spectrum was acquired with a laser of excitation
energy ELaser = 1.59 eV. The most prominent modes have been labelled.
93
![Page 103: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/103.jpg)
0
10000
20000
30000
40000
50000
60000
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Raman shift / cm-1
Inte
nsity /
co
unts
per
seco
nd
+ SWNT bundle sample
RBM
Si D
G
M iTOLA
G'
E Laser
= 1.59 eV
G+
G-
Figure 6.2: Resonant Raman spectrum from a Nanocyl NC1100 bundle sample. Thespectrum shows the radial breathing modes (RBM), D-band, G-Band and G’ band features- the weaker M-band and iTOLA second-order modes are also observed. Signals from theoxidised silicon substrate upon which the samples sit are also present.
The most common features observed in Raman spectra of SWNTs are
listed in Table 6.1. Both first and second order Raman processes are present
in the spectrum shown in Figure 6.2 - schematic diagrams showing the pro-
cesses involved are shown in Figure 6.3.
Mode Frequency ω0 / cm-1
RBM 0 to 350D 1350G+ 1590G- 1570M 1760iTOLA 1860G’ 2700
Table 6.1: Commonly observed features in the Raman spectra of SWNTs [28].
94
![Page 104: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/104.jpg)
The modes of both the RBM and G bands originate from a 1st order Ra-
man scattering process. In 1st order Raman scattering, one lattice phonon is
created by inelastic scattering between the crystal lattice and a laser photon.
A unique point of 1st-order scattering is that after photo-absorption, the po-
sition in reciprocal space of the excited electron (e-) k, should be the same
as the hole (h+) left behind, such that the wavevector of the phonon q = 0 -
this process is shown schematically in Figure 6.3 (a) [80].
The D, M, iTOLA and G′
modes shown in Figure 6.2 and Table 6.1 all
originate from 2nd order Raman scattering processes. In second order Ra-
man scattering, one phonon is produced, however, more than one scattering
process is in operation - electrons are scattered also.
The phonons produced in the 2nd-order processes have non-zero lattice
wavevectors, such that q 6= 0.
While q 6= 0, for Raman scattering to occur it is still necessary for the
phonon to return to point k, in order for the electron and hole to recombine
and emit a Raman scattered photon.
There are two types of second order Raman scattering, the so called 1-
phonon scattering process, where the phonon produced also elastically scat-
ters an excited electron (Figure 6.3 (b) and (c)) - such a process is responsible
for the nanotube D mode. It is possible to have both inter (Figure 6.3 (b))
or intra (Figure 6.3 (c)) valley scattering. Scattering is intra-valley if the
scattering event is restricted to the vicinity of the K or K’ lattice points, and
inter-valley if phonon scattering takes place between K and K’ or K’ and K
points [28].
95
![Page 105: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/105.jpg)
In 2nd order scattering, two phonons are produced (Figure 6.3 (d)) [28,80].
1st Order q = 0
e-
h+
(a)
K
k
e-
h+
K K'
q
-q
2nd Order q = 0
k + q
e-
h+
K K'
q
-q
1-inelastic phonon 2nd Order q = 0
inter-valley scattering
k
k + q
(b)
(d)
e-
h+
K
k
k + q'
1-inelastic phonon 2nd Order q = 0
intra-valley scattering
(c)
q'-q'
Figure 6.3: Schematic diagrams of 1st and 2nd order resonant Raman scattering pro-cesses of carbon nanotubes. Here, k is the point in reciprocal space at which the electronexisted before being excited, the e- and h+ label the excited electron and hole created asa result of the scattering process, K and K
′are points of high symmetry in the graphene
Brillouin zone; q is the wavevector of the phonons produced during the Raman scatteringprocesses. The solid and dotted green lines represent inelastic and elastic scattering pro-cesses respectively. The black dotted line is a guide to the eye for the mid-point betweentwo inelastic scattering processes. (a) Shows first order Raman scattering, while (b) and(c) show 1-inelastic phonon second order inter and intra valley scattering respectively; (d)shows second order scattering with two inelastic phonons (based upon [80]).
Each vibrational band will now be discussed with a focus upon the use-
ful information which they can provide upon the mechanical and electrical
properties of SWNT’s. The RBM and G band features show the greatest
sensitivity to molecular doping [28], therefore a great deal of attention will
be given to them in the remainder of the chapter.
96
![Page 106: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/106.jpg)
6.2.2 Radial breathing modes (RBM) of SWNTs - 0
to 350 cm-1
The RBM of a SWNT results from the coherent oscillation of the nanotube
side-walls, such that they appear to be breathing - a schematic representation
is shown in Figure 6.4. They are low frequency modes and occur at Raman
shifts from approximately 0 to 350 cm-1.
Radial breathing modes are extremely diameter-dependent, and the Ra-
man shift ωRBM at which they occur is inversely proportional to nanotube
diameter d such that the following expression is true [28]:
ωRBM =A
d+B, (6.10)
where A and B are constants to be determined experimentally. It has been
found that, for SWNTs with d = 1.5 ± 0.2 nm, values of A = 234 and
B = 10 cm-1 accurately predict the ωRBM at which a SWNT of d will be
located in the spectrum [28]. Here B is an up-shift to account for tube-tube
interactions due to bundling. For the usual diameter range of 1.0 > d >
2.0 nm these two parameters are accurate. However, for d < 1.0 nm the
constants become increasingly less valid, this because curvature effects begin
to have a significant effect on the SWNT properties. In addition, for SWNT
with d > 2.0 nm, accurate assignment of the ωRBM becomes increasingly
difficult as d gets larger; this is because the intensity of the RBM feature is
weak [28].
The diameter distribution of Nanocyl nanotubes used in this study is
peaked at 2.0 nm [60]; this means that the RBMs of the SWNTs at and
above the peak diameter will be difficult to observe and that the majority of
the observable RBMs will come from SWNTs on the lower diameter side of
the distribution.
If the allowed electronic transitions of the SWNTs being probed are
known, the above equation can be used to determine the diameters of SWNTs
present in a mixed sample of SWNTs and whether or not they are in reso-
nance with the probe laser.
97
![Page 107: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/107.jpg)
Radial breathing modes of high intensity indicate that a large number of
SWNTs of a particular diameter are in resonance with the laser.
Figure 6.4: Schematic diagram of the motion of the atoms in a carbon nanotube under-going radial breathing [81].
RBM data analysis
A spectrum showing the RBM modes of a typical SWNT bundle is shown
in Figure 6.5. It can be seen from this graph that the RBMs have a low
value of the Raman shift and extend from approximately 100 to 350 cm-1 -
the low wavenumber cut-off (100 cm-1) is due to the notch filter used in the
experiments. The line-shape of an individual SWNT RBM is symmetrical
and possesses a Lorentzian character [28]. The RBM spectrum of a sample
containing many individual SWNTs can be fitted well by the superposition
of a number of Lorentzian line shapes. The typical RBM spectrum shown in
Figure 6.5 is fitted very well by a superposition of seven Lorentzian lineshapes
centred at 104 cm-1, 131 cm-1, 163 cm-1, 210 cm-1, 234 cm-1, 268 cm-1 and
305 cm-1. However, the broad peak centred at 104 cm-1 is likely to be due to
a background from Raleigh scattering. The small peak centred at 131 cm-1
may be real but its proximity to the Raleigh background makes the fitting
dubious. Using equation 6.10, the diameters of these SWNTs are calculated
to be 2.5 nm, 1.9 nm, 1.5 nm, 1.2 nm, 1.0 nm, 0.9 nm and 0.8 nm respectively.
This data fitting allows for accurate indentification of position, width and
relative intensity of the RBM’s. Both the RBM’s originating from metallic
and semiconducting SWNT’s can be fitted by Lorentzian line shapes.
98
![Page 108: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/108.jpg)
It has been found that no significant shifts in the peak positions of RBMs
occur due to bundling of the SWNTs [82].
100 150 200 250 300 350500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
Data Lorentzian 1 Lorentzian 2 Lorentzian 3 Lorentzian 4 Lorentzian 5 Lorentzian 6 Lorentzian 7 Combined fit
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
Figure 6.5: The RBMs of a resonant Raman spectrum acquired from a Nanocyl NC1100bundle sample with a laser with ELaser=1.59 eV. The spectrum shows seven distinct radialbreathing modes, each fitted with a Lorentzian line-shape.
6.2.3 The G band of SWNTs - ≈ 1580 cm-1
The G mode of a SWNT is a result of the vibration of the carbon atoms that
make up the frame of the nanotube. The G mode in graphite results from
optical phonons between two dissimilar carbon atoms (i.e. one atom from
each sub-lattice see section 2.2.1) in the graphene unit cell. In graphitic
materials the G mode exhibits a single Lorentzian shaped peak at 1582 cm-1
which is related to in-plane vibrations of the carbon atoms [28].
In carbon nanotubes the picture is more complicated - instead of a single
vibrational mode there is a band formed from a number of sub-modes, the
two most intense modes are labelled G+ and G- [28]. The G+ mode results
from the vibrations of carbon atoms along the length of the nanotube and is
generally peaked at ≈ 1590 cm-1.
99
![Page 109: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/109.jpg)
The slightly lower frequency G- mode is generally found at ≈ 1570 cm-1
and results from vibrations of carbon atoms along the circumferential direc-
tion of the SWNT - a schematic representation of the direction of vibration
of the carbon atoms in the G− and G+ nanotube modes is shown in Figure
6.6.
The lower intensity peaks of the G band, such as those located at ap-
proximately 1526 and 1606 cm-1, result from phonons belonging to symmetry
groups, such as the E2 group, that do not couple as well to the incident laser
photons.
G-
G+
Figure 6.6: Directions of vibration of carbon atoms in the G− and G+ Raman modes(based upon [83]).
100
![Page 110: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/110.jpg)
G band analysis
In a SWNT bundle one can expect to find nanotubes of various diameters
and electronic types. Unlike in the RBM mode case, the modes of the G
band have to be fitted differently depending upon whether the metallic or
semiconducting SWNTs are present - the metallic and semiconducting G
bands are quite dissimilar in both appearance and position. Two examples
of resonant Raman spectra of individual semiconducting and metallic SWNTs
are shown in Figure 6.7.
The two most intense modes of the G band are the G- and G+ modes.
The G- and G+ modes of a semiconducting SWNT can be fitted well by two
Lorentzian lineshapes with the G+ and G- modes centred at approximately
1570 cm-1 and 1590 cm-1 respectively [28]. It can clearly be seen from the
figure that the intensity of the G+ mode is far greater than that of the G-
mode - this is a typical feature of semiconducting G bands. In order to obtain
a good fit to the entire G band of semiconducting nanotubes it is necessary
to include a number of weaker modes such as those centred at 1554 cm-1 and
1601 cm-1 [28].
Semiconducting
SWNT
1568
1592
Metallic
SWNT 1554
1588
1450 1550 1650
Frequency (cm-1)
Inte
nsity
Figure 6.7: G bands for individual semiconducting and metallic SWNTs (based upon[28]).
101
![Page 111: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/111.jpg)
In contrast to the G band of a semiconducting SWNT, the G band of
metallic SWNTs require two dissimilar lineshapes to be used to fit the band
effectively. The metallic G+ mode is symmetrical and can be fitted by a
Lorentzian line shape centred at approximately 1588 cm-1, a clear down-shift
relative to the equivalent semiconducting peak. The G- mode is asymmetric,
tailing towards low Raman shift and is centred at approximately 1550 cm-1
- in contrast to the semiconducting G- mode, the metallic counterpart often
possesses an intensity equal to or greater than that of the G+ mode. The G−
mode can be fitted by an asymmetric Breit-Wigner-Fano (BWF) lineshape -
the BWF line shape shape results from coupling of the discrete phonons to
an electronic continuum [84]. This holds for bundled nanotubes as is the case
for the nanotubes used in this study. The presence or lack of a BWF profile
would help to discriminate from the semiconducting bands in this region.
The clear differences in line-shape and peak positions between the two
electronic types of SWNTs mean that the type of an individual tube can be
easily identified by its G band. When the two different electronic types are
mixed, as with a bundled sample, the resulting G band will be formed from
a mixture of lineshapes of the G bands of the two types. The extent to which
one type will dominate the spectrum over the other will depend upon which
is closest to resonance with the laser excitation energy. The G band of a
mixed bundle sample is shown in Figure 6.8.
A number of observations can be made from this spectrum, firstly that
the modes of both semiconducting and metallic SWNTs are present in the
G band of the bundle and the combined fit matches the experimental data
very closely. The G- (BWF fitted line) and G+ modes assigned to metallic
nanotubes are positioned at 1540 cm-1 and 1570 cm-1 respectively; the modes
assigned to semiconducting nanotubes are positioned at 1564 cm-1 and 1594
cm-1 respectively.
102
![Page 112: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/112.jpg)
1400 1450 1500 1550 1600 16500
5000
10000
15000
20000
Data BWF Lorentzian Lorentzian Lorentzian Combined fit
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
Figure 6.8: The G band of a resonant Raman spectrum acquired from a Nanocyl NC1100bundle sample with a laser with ELaser = 2.34 eV. The spectrum shows four distinct modes,two G+ and two G- modes. The two modes belonging to metallic nanotubes (shown inmagenta) are of low intensity when compared with the dominant semiconducting modes(shown in green).
The G- (BWF fitted line) and G+ modes assigned to metallic nanotubes
are positioned at 1540 cm-1 and 1570 cm-1 respectively; the modes assigned
to semiconducting nanotubes are positioned at 1564 cm-1 and 1594 cm-1 re-
spectively. The positions of the G- and G+ modes assigned to semiconducting
nanotubes match very well with the example shown in Figure 6.7. However,
the modes assigned to metallic nanotubes do not match as well. This is most
probably due the difficulty of fitting the metallic modes to a spectrum where
the semiconducting modes are much more intense. The dominance of the
semiconducting modes implies that there are a greater number of semicon-
ducting SWNTs in resonance with the laser.
6.2.4 The D band of SWNTs - ≈ 1350 cm-1
The SWNT D band (see Figure 6.2) results from the vibration of sp3 hy-
bridized carbon atoms and as such is an indication of the amount of disorder
in the nanotubes structure. The intensity of the D mode is usually compared
to that of the G+ mode, a large value of D/G would be a indication of a
significant amount of disorder in the nanotube.
103
![Page 113: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/113.jpg)
6.2.5 The effects of doping on the vibrational modes
of SWNTs
The SWNT Raman bands highlighted in this chapter are all sensitive to dop-
ing, with the different types of doping causing changes in either the position
or intensity of the sub-modes. There are two ways in which SWNTs are rou-
tinely doped, n-type doping where electrons are transferred from the dopants
to the SWNT and p-type doping where the opposite occurs. The other mech-
anism which can affect the Raman modes of SWNTs is the method by which
the dopant molecules are attached to the structure of the SWNT. Dopants
can be attached by either covalent bonding or in the case of aromatic dopant
molecules by π-π stacking (see section 3.1). The types of doping and the
mechanisms by which the dopants are attached to SWNTs will now be dis-
cussed in detail with a focus upon how the SWNT Raman-active modes are
affected.
Attachment mechanisms
It has been observed in a number of studies that covalent bonding between
dopant atoms or molecules and the side-walls of SWNTs resulted in a signif-
icant increase in the intensity of the SWNT D band [85–90]. This increase in
intensity has been explained in terms of a disruption to the hexagonal struc-
ture of the SWNT side-walls caused by the change from sp2 to sp3 hybridized
bonding [87,89].
In contrast to covalent bonding, π-π stacking between aromatic dopant
molecules and SWNT side-walls was found not to affect the intensity of the
SWNT D band [89].
By comparing the ratio between the SWNT D and G bands before and
after dopant molecules are bonded to SWNTs it is possible to determine
which type of bonding has occurred.
104
![Page 114: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/114.jpg)
Doping effects
Changes in both the positions and intensities of SWNT G- and G+ have
been observed when p-type dopants were added to the sidewalls of SWNTs
[91–93]. Up-shifts in the positions of both the G- [91] and G+ modes ranging
from 3 − 9 cm-1 were observed in both semi-conducting and metallic SWNTs
upon doping [91–93]. These up-shifts in the positions of the G modes were
attributed to electron transfer from the SWNTs to the dopants [92,93]. They
have been explained in terms of a hardening or stiffening of the sp2 hybridized
bonds between the carbon atoms in the structure of the SWNTs [93].
In addition to the peak up-shifts observed in both types of SWNT, a
significant decrease in the intensity of the G- mode of metallic SWNTs was
also detected [91, 93]. In one case, where SWNTs were filled with nickel
halogenides, unfilled SWNTs showing a metallic signature were observed to
change to semiconducting upon doping with the filling [91], a clear indication
of significant charge transfer. There is also some evidence of p-type doping
resulting in decreases in the intensities of RBMs originating from metallic
SWNTs [91].
In similarity to p-type doping, changes in the position and intensities of
SWNT G modes were observed when n-type dopants were attached to the
nanotube side-walls. However, in contrast to the p-type doped SWNTs, n-
type doped SWNTs show a down shift in the positions of the G- [94–98] and
G+ [95–98] modes. These peak shifts range from 1 − 10 cm-1 and 1 − 5 cm-1
of the G- and G+ modes respectively [94,96–98].
These charge-transfer related down-shifts in peak position have been ex-
plained in terms of a weakening of the sp2 hybrized bonds between the carbon
atoms in the nanotube structure [95,96,98].
In contrast to p-type doped metallic SWNTs, the intensity of the G-
modes of n-type doped SWNTs were found to be significantly enhanced upon
doping [91, 95, 96, 98] - this again was attributed to charge transfer. The
increase in intensity has been explained in terms of a greater number of
valence electrons being available for interaction with SWNT phonons [97].
105
![Page 115: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/115.jpg)
In conclusion, through careful analysis of the positions and intensities
of the SWNT G and RBM bands before and after doping it is possible to
determine whether charge transfer has occurred and which type of doping is
in effect.
6.2.6 Resonance conditions
In a sample of SWNTs with a range of diameters present, only those which
have allowed energy transitions matching the energy of the probe laser will
resonate.
The resonant Raman spectra shown in this chapter were acquired using a
Renishaw inVia Raman Microscope with a laser emitting light with a single
photon energy of ELaser = 1.59 eV with a maximum power of 350 mW, a
laser emitting light with a single photon energy of ELaser = 2.34 eV with a
maximum power of 350 mW and a laser emitting light with a single photon
energy of ELaser = 3.83 eV with a maximum power of 300mW, attached.
The Renishaw spectrometer was operated with a 20x microscope objective
lens when the 1.59 and 2.34 eV lasers were used; the area of the laser spot at
the point of focus on the sample for these two lasers was 50 µm2, resulting
in an energy density of 7.0 x 109 Wm-2 on the sample.
When the 3.83 eV laser was used, the Renishaw spectrometer was oper-
ated with a 40x ultra violet compatible microscope objective lens; the area
of the laser spot at the point of focus on the sample was 45 µm2, resulting
in an energy density of 6.7 x 109 Wm-2 on the sample.
The calculated energy densities assume no power loss from the laser beam
as it passes through the various optical components of the spectrometer;
however, in practice, such losses will occur. The losses will be greater for the
ultra violet light of the 3.83 eV laser due to the higher absorption of U.V. by
some of the components.
106
![Page 116: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/116.jpg)
Laser
Adjustable stage
Sample
Mirror
Notch filter
Diffraction grating
CCD
Spectrometer
Laser beam
Light scattered from sample
Figure 6.9: A schematic diagram of the Raman spectrometer used in this study. Alaser beam is shown in green and the light back-scattered from the sample is shown multi-coloured.
The spectrometer used to acquire the Raman data analysed in this study
is shown schematically in Figure 6.9.
The beam from the laser enters the spectrometer where it is deflected by
mirrors to reach a beam-splitter - this deflects majority of the light from the
beam through the microscope of the system to arrive at the sample which
sits upon an adjustable stage.
Light which is back-scattered by the sample (both Rayleigh and Raman
scattering) enters the microscope, passes back through the beam splitter and
is then incident upon a notch filter - the notch filter attenuates greatly the
comparatively intense Rayleigh-scattered light and lets through the lower
frequency Raman-scattered light.
After passing through the notch filter, the spectral frequencies of the
remaining scattered light are separated out by a diffraction grating - this
light in turn falls upon a charge coupled device (CCD) where the intensities
of the individual spectral frequencies are recorded. The data from the CCD
is processes by software installed on the PC of the system.
107
![Page 117: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/117.jpg)
Electronic considerations
The allowed transition energies in SWNTs are primarily dependent upon
diameter. Using the general expression for the energy dispersion for SWNTs
(see section 2.3.3) it is possible to calculate the allowed electronic transition
energies of individual SWNTs using their n and m numbers and plot them as
a function of nanotube diameter. Such a graph is known as a Kataura plot.
An example Kataura plot [99] is shown in Figure 6.10 (a). In this plot the
allowed transition energies of a large number of SWNTs have been plotted
as a function of diameter.
A Kataura plot covering the range of diameters and laser excitation en-
ergies used in a study is very useful in enabling one to identify the electronic
type (i.e. metallic or semiconducting) of a SWNT with a certain diameter
which is in resonance with particular laser excitation energy.
The carbon nanotubes used in this study are Nanocyl NC1100 SWNTs
[60]. They were grown using a carbon vapour deposition (CVD) technique
and have an average diameter of 2.0 nm [60] - an example diameter distribu-
tion for these nanotubes is shown as a blue curve on the modified Kataura
plot shown in Figure 6.10 (b). This curve is based upon a Gaussian function
fitted to the diameter distribution of the CVD grown SWNTs of reference
[61]. When used in conjunction with a Kataura plot like that shown in Figure
6.10 (a) it is possible to identify the electronic types of the SWNTs likely
to be in resonance with a particular laser by matching up the nanotube di-
ameters (d) with the photon energy of the laser ELaser. However, it is also
necessary to take the bundled state of the nanotubes into account. Calcula-
tions have shown that the van Hove singularities of SWNTs are shifted by
as much as 100 meV upon aggregation into bundles [100]. Practically, this
is observed as a red-shift in the absorption spectra of bundles of nanotubes
[101]. This means that the allowed transition energies of individual SWNTs
shown in the Kataura plot (Figure 6.10 (a)) are 0.1 eV higher than what
would be expected for bundled nanotubes - this has been taken into account
in the modified Kataura plot shown in Figure 6.10 (b).
108
![Page 118: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/118.jpg)
This will affect which nanotube diameters are in resonance with the laser,
although it can be seen from the Kataura plot that the electronic type (semi-
conducting or metallic) of nanotube in resonance will be the same.
In addition to the effects of nanotube bundling, it is also necessary to
include the nanotubes which are in resonance with the outgoing photon scat-
tered from the nanotube G modes, of energy Eii = ELaser - Ephonon, with
Ephonon ≈ 0.2 eV [102]. Bands have been added to the modified Kataura plot
shown in Figure 6.10 (b) to account for this.
Figure 6.10: (a) The allowed electronic transition energies Eii vs. nanotube diameter dfor SWNTs calculated using the nearest-neighbour tight binding method, with the trans-fer integral γ0 = 2.9 eV , the carbon-carbon distance aC-C = 0.144 nm, and neglectingnanotube curvature effects (based upon [99]). The superscript of the energy, E, refersto either semiconducting (S) or metallic (M) nanotubes, while the subscript refers to theelectronic transition from the initial state (i) to a symmetric final state (i). The closedblack and the open red circles indicate semiconducting and metallic SWNTs respectively.The red and green lines indicate the excitation energies of the red and green lasers usedto probe the samples. (b) In this diagram, the plot has been shifted down by 0.1 eV totake into account the increase in the energy of the electronic transitions due to nanotubebundling. The laser lines have been replaced by bands to represent the possibility of res-onant scattering between the nanotube electronic transitions and the Raman scatteredphotons from the G modes. A curve based upon a Gaussian fit to the CVD nanotubes of[61], has been included in blue to indicate the nanotube diameters which will contributemost to resonance.
109
![Page 119: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/119.jpg)
The photon energies of the red (ELaser=1.59 eV) and green (ELaser= 2.34
eV) lasers used in this study have been added to Figure 6.10 with the
appropriate colours.
(i) ELaser = 1.59 eV It can be seen that with a d ≈ 2.2 nm the ES33 semi-
conducting allowed transition energy will be in resonance with the red
laser. With this in mind, one would expect the resonant Raman spec-
tra acquired using this laser to have a predominantly semiconducting
character. However, it is likely that there may also be a contribu-
tion from the EM11 allowed transition originating from metallic SWNT
with diameters of ≈ 1.7 nm which might lend the spectra some metallic
character.
(ii) ELaser = 2.34 eV The photon energy of the green laser is greater than
that of the red laser. At this higher energy the SWNT allowed tran-
sition energy bands are much more tightly bunched. It can be seen
from the figure that the resonance window is centred between the EM22
metallic and ES44 semiconducting transitions and therefore it is likely
that the Raman spectra acquired using this laser will have a mixed
character. Due to the tight bunching of the allowed transitions it is
likely that significant contributions will also originate from the ES44
and ES33 semiconducting allowed transitions of SWNTs with diame-
ters of slightly less than or greater than 2.0 nm. With this in mind one
would expect resonant Raman spectra acquired with a green laser to
have a mixed character with contributions from both semiconducting
and metallic SWNTs, but the semiconducting character will probably
dominate.
(iii) ELaser = 3.83 eV A U.V. laser with a photon energy of 3.83 eV was also
used in this study. This energy is beyond the range of the Kataura plot
shown in Figure 6.10, however, SWNT transitions exist at this energy.
At this energy the SWNT electronic transitions are even more tightly
packed. As a result it is likely that in similarity to the situation with
the green laser the resonant Raman spectra acquired using the U.V.
laser will be composed of contributions from both semiconducting and
metallic SWNTs.
110
![Page 120: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/120.jpg)
Modal considerations
When considering the expected resonant Raman spectra one would expect to
acquire for a SWNT sample containing a range of diameters it is necessary
to bear in mind the resonance of the individual bands.
For example, in the case of the SWNTs used in this study, the largest
contribution to the Raman G bands will originate from SWNTs with a di-
ameter of approximately 2.0 nm. Intuitively, one might expect the same to
be true for the RBM band, however, this is not the case. It was mentioned
in section 6.2.2 that the RBMs of SWNTs with diameters of greater than
2.0 nm do not resonate well [28], with the intensity of the mode varying in-
versely to nanotube diameter. Therefore, the strongest modes will originate
from SWNTs with d < 2.0 nm.
6.3 Experimental considerations
Nanocyl SWNTs were functionalized both endohedrally using the ScCO2
method, and exohedrally using a solution mixing method (see chapter 4,
section 4.6). The molecules used to form the SWNT/molecules samples are
those described in chapter 4, section 4.6.
These two methods were utilised to produce powders of SWNTs filled
and covered with molecular systems respectively. After a washing process
to remove any excess molecules (see chapter 4, section 4.7) the hybrids of
SWNTs/molecules samples were drip condensed onto SiO2/Si substrates pro-
ducing mat samples.
In this study evidence of charge transfer from the dopant molecules at-
tached to the interior and exterior surface of the SWNTs has been sought
from changes in the peak positions and relative intensities of the SWNT
Raman-active modes. As such it was first necessary to investigate and dis-
criminate the possible environmental sources which could give rise to such
changes in the peak positions and hence confuse charge transfer-induced
changes.
111
![Page 121: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/121.jpg)
6.3.1 Environmental effects upon the resonant
Raman spectra of SWNTs
In this section the environmental effects which can cause perturbations to
the resonant Raman spectra of SWNTs will be discussed. There are three
main environmental effects which can cause varying degrees of change to the
resonant Raman spectra of SWNTs, they are: (i) effects of contact with the
substrate, (ii) thermal effects and (iii) the effects of the vibrational modes of
foreign systems. The latter will be discussed in a separate section.
6.3.2 (i) Effects of contact with the substrate
It has been observed at the individual SWNT level that contact with a sub-
strate, for example silicon, can cause strain induced changes in the resonant
Raman spectrum of the nanotube. This is seen as an up-shift of both the D
and G bands of the SWNT, and a modification of line-shape of the G band.
The RBM is unaffected [103].
The SWNT samples used in the present study are bundled and form a
layer of a significant thickness on top of a SiO2/Si substrate. The bundled
nature and layer thickness make such contact induced strain effects highly
unlikely and bundling will be the dominant effect.
6.3.3 (ii) Thermal effects
The environmental factor which has the most significant effect on the res-
onant Raman spectra of SWNTs results from fluctuations in temperature.
There are a number of ways in which the temperature of a SWNT sample can
induce perturbations to the acquired spectra. The most commonly reported
is a downshift with increasing temperature in the radial breathing modes, D
and G modes [102–111].
This effect has been observed in the spectra of SWNTs heated by a laser
and by conventional means [105].
112
![Page 122: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/122.jpg)
Indeed, upon laser illumination of the SWNT samples used in this study
with increasing laser power, down-shifts in the peak positions of the radial
breathing modes and G modes were observed. The extent of the observed
down-shift was directly related to the power of the laser. Radial breathing
modes and G modes acquired using a ELaser = 2.34 eV laser set to a range
of powers are plotted in Figure 6.10.
It can be seen from the spectra that the down-shift in peak position of
both the radial breathing modes and G modes become increasingly large as
the laser power is increased from 10 % to 50 % of the maximum power. It
can also be seen that the maximum down-shift is more pronounced in the G
mode (22 cm-1) than the RBMs (3 cm-1). The down-shifts in peak position
have been attributed mainly to the weakening of the C-C bonds between
the carbon atoms of the SWNT and weakening of the van der Waals bonds
between the SWNTs forming bundles [108].
Spectra acquired from samples after they had been left to cool were found
to exhibit some differences compared to the spectra acquired before the heat-
ing series was conducted. Changes were observed in the relative shapes and
intensities of both the RBM and G bands, together with the appearance of
additional modes in the RBM band.
The other way in which heating effects can perturb SWNT spectra is by
introducing variations in the relative peak intensities of the RBMs [104,106,
107, 109]. This effect has been observed in Figure 6.11 - as the power of the
illuminating laser was increased the relative intensities of the RBMs change
and in some instances, new modes appear.
113
![Page 123: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/123.jpg)
100 150 200 250 3000
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
12000
14000
16000
10% power 30% power 50% power
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
(a)
1400 1500 16000
20000
40000
60000
80000
100000
120000
140000
10% power 30% power 50% power
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
Peak down-shift
1584 cm-1
1591 cm-1
1569 cm-1
(b)
Figure 6.11: Resonant Raman spectra of unfilled SWNTs acquired using a ELaser = 2.34eV laser set to 10%, 30% and 50% of the maximum power. (a) and (b) show the RBMand G bands respectively. The sloping magenta lines indicate down-shifts in peak positionand the green box shows a RBM mode which has been enhanced as a result of heating.
114
![Page 124: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/124.jpg)
This heating effect has been attributed to thermally induced changes in
the electronic density of states of the SWNTs [104, 106, 107, 109]. It has
been explained in terms of the allowed transition energies of the SWNTs,
Eii, coming into and out of resonance with the energy of the laser, ELaser. For
example, if Eii and ELaser are in resonance, a strong RBM signal is observed.
In contrast, if the SWNT is heated causing Eii to decrease, the resonance with
the laser can be broken and in the extreme case the mode will disappear from
the spectrum. The opposite can also occur, with heating modifying Eii in
such a way that it is brought into resonance with ELaser, thus causing a mode
which was previously out of resonance to start to resonate, introducing a new
mode to the spectrum.
Another factor which can affect the amount of peak shift is the thermal
conductivity of the sample. At the individual SWNT level it has been ob-
served that intimate contact between the SWNT and a SiO2/Si substrate
provides a sufficient thermal contact such that the substrate acts as a heat-
sink for the SWNT and no peak down-shifts are observed. However, when
the same measurements were acquired on an unsupported part of the same
nanotube, thermally induced peak down-shifts, similar to those observed in
bulk samples, were observed [103]. Clearly the thermal conductivity of the
sample plays a big part in determining the effectiveness of the substrate as
a heat-sink.
It has been observed that the amount of disorder in the sample has a sig-
nificant effect upon the thermal conductivity of carbonaceous samples [105].
For example, if a SWNT sample contains a large amount of amorphous car-
bon the ability of the sample to conduct laser-imparted heat to the substrate
is severely compromised. In bundled samples, it might be advantageous to
acquire spectra from areas of the sample where the SWNT layer is thin. This
might maximise the heat transmission to the substrate and minimise the heat
stored in the body of the sample.
Another way in which heating effects can be minimised is by placing the
sample in an aqueous solution, hence providing liquid cooling [103].
115
![Page 125: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/125.jpg)
This however, is deemed too risky for powder samples, primarily due to
the possibility of the solution lifting the SWNT mat off the substrate, thus
ruining the sample; in addition, the Raman spectra of nanotubes have been
observed to change when immersed in water [112].
In conclusion, out of the possible environmental effects which can cause
perturbations to the resonant Raman spectra of SWNTs it is the tempera-
ture effects which are by far the most significant. They have been found to
affect both the positions of the radial breathing, D and G modes and the rel-
ative intensities of the RBMs in bundled samples. It is therefore imperative
to avoid heating effects if one is to attribute changes in peak position and
intensity to non-thermal effects such as charge transfer. There are a number
of ways in which the risk of heat-induced shifts can be minimised. The most
obvious and effective is to use a laser set to a relatively low power coupled
with a low magnification objective lens which will spread the laser spot over
a larger area.
The next section will focus upon the experimental procedures which were
developed to eliminate undesirable thermal effects.
6.3.4 Heating control experiments
In order to be certain that any changes in the SWNT spectra were due to
SWNT-molecule interactions, it was first necessary to rule out the influence of
heating effects. The procedure by which this was achieved is described below.
It was mentioned in section 6.3.3 that the position of the G band is
very sensitive to heating, therefore it presents the ideal mechanism by which
heating can be detected. In order to determine the position of the G band
in the absence of heating effects, a resonant Raman spectrum was acquired
from an unmodified SWNT sample using a 2.34 eV laser set to a very low
power of 0.1% of the maximum laser power (350 mW) and a short acquisition
time of 1 second. It can be seen from the spectrum acquired (Figure 6.12)
that the G peak position is 1596 cm-1 - this agrees with the expected peak
position of a semiconducting SWNT.
116
![Page 126: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/126.jpg)
1400 1500 16000
20
40
60
80
SWNTs 0.1% power
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
1596 cm-1G+
Figure 6.12: Resonant Raman spectra of unfilled SWNTs acquired using a 2.34 eV laserset to 0.1 % of the maximum laser power with an acquisition time of 1 second.
In order to determine the largest intensity that could be used without
causing heating a series of readings was taken in which the sample was illu-
minated by the laser for 1 second at 1% and 5% of the maximum power - the
results are shown in Figure 6.13. Comparing the positions of the G+ modes
of the spectra acquired with 1% and 5% maximum power with the spectrum
acquired using 0.1% maximum power (Figure 6.12), it can be seen that a
large peak down-shift of 22 cm-1 was observed when 5% maximum power
was used (a clear indication of laser-induced heating) and a small down-shift
of 1 cm-1 was also observed when 1% maximum power was used.
117
![Page 127: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/127.jpg)
1400 1500 16000
100
200
300
400
500
G-
G+
SWNTs 1% power
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
1595 cm-1
(a)
1400 1500 16000
500
1000
1500
2000 G+
SWNTs 5% power
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
1574 cm-1
(b)
Figure 6.13: Resonant Raman spectra of SWNTs acquired using a 2.34 eV laser set to(a) 1 % and (b) 5 % maximum power and an acquisition time of 1 second.
With some fine tuning of the laser power, it was found that the highest
power which did not result in a peak shift was 0.5% maximum power. An
example spectrum acquired with 0.5 % maximum power for 1 second is shown
in Figure 6.14 (a). This spectrum is a lot more intense than the spectrum
acquired with 0.1 % maximum power (Figure 6.12), however, the signal to
noise ratio is still not as high as desirable.
118
![Page 128: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/128.jpg)
To improve the signal to noise ratio of the spectra, longer acquisition
times were experimented with. A number of different acquisition times were
tried ranging from 1 second to a few minutes. It was found that a good signal
to noise ratio was obtained when an acquisition time of 30 seconds was used
(Figure 6.14 (b)). It can be seen from this spectrum that there is a significant
increase intensity of the G band in the 30 seconds spectra compared to that
acquired using a 1 second acquisition time and the signal to noise ratio is
greatly improved.
1400 1450 1500 1550 1600 16500
100
200
300
400
500
G-
G+
SWNTs 0.5% power 1 second exposure
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
1596 cm-1
(a)
1400 1450 1500 1550 1600 16500
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
G-
G+
SWNTs 0.5% power 30 seconds exposure
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
1596 cm-1
(b)
Figure 6.14: Resonant Raman spectra of SWNTs acquired using a 2.34 eV laser using0.5 % maximum power with an acquistion time of (a) 1 second and (b) 30 seconds.
119
![Page 129: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/129.jpg)
To check whether a longer exposure of the sample to the laser beam would
produce a noticeable temperature change in the sample, a number of expo-
sure series were acquired on different positions on the sample. An exposure
series consisted of illuminating the sample continuously for 30 seconds and
acquiring a spectrum every second. This allowed for the temporal evolution
of the sample under laser irradiation to be investigated. A representative
time series acquired using 0.5 % maximum power is shown in Figure 6.15 -
a time series acquired using 5% maximum laser power is shown for compari-
son. It can be seen from this figure that the position and intensity of the G+
mode in the component spectra of the series acquired using 0.5 % maximum
power remain constant at a value of 1596 cm-1 over time, this implies that
no significant heating effects have occured.
In contrast, the component spectra of the series acquired with 5 % max-
imum power is temporally dependent. Two main observations can be made
from this graph - one that the intensity of the SWNT G band increases with
time, as such it was not necessary to displace the spectra for clarity as in
Figure 6.15 (a). Secondly, the down-shifted G+ mode centered at 1574 cm-1
shows a small up-shift with time. These observations indicate that laser-
induced heating is causing modification the sample with time. The fact that
the changes are beneficial to the signal strength of the G band implies that
the laser induced heating is burning off some of the impurities present in
the sample. Such a conclusion would be consistent with more light reaching
the SWNTs and hence result in a greater signal strength and fewer impuri-
ties resulting in a higher thermal conductivity of the sample resulting in a
cooling-induced up-shift in the G band.
120
![Page 130: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/130.jpg)
1400 1450 1500 1550 1600 1650
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
G-
G+
After 1s After 5s After 10s After 15s After 20s After 25s After 30s
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
1596 cm-1
(a)
1400 1450 1500 1550 1600 16500
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000 G+
After 1s After 5s After 10s After 15s After 20s After 25s After 30s
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
1574 cm-1
(b)
Figure 6.15: Resonant Raman spectra of SWNTs acquired using a 2.34 eV laser set to0.5 % (a) and 5% (b) maximum power. Each coloured trace on the graphs represents aone second acquisition from the sample, with 30 being acquired from the sample for eachlaser power. The individual spectra shown in Figure (a) have been artificially separatedalong the intensity axis for clarity.
121
![Page 131: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/131.jpg)
Having determined that no heat-induced changes occur after a 30 second
exposure with the laser set to 0.5 % maximum power, the final effect to test
was whether variations in the thickness of the SWNT layer of the sample
produced noticeable changes in peak position or shape. This was probed by
acquiring spectra at a number of different locations on the sample using the
laser set to 0.5 % maximum power with an acquisition time of 30 seconds -
some representative spectra are shown in Figure 6.16.
It can be seen from Figure 6.16 that there is little or no variation in
the Raman shift of the SWNT G bands - this implies that the power and
acquisition time are such that they do not cause position-sensitive effects to
appear in SWNT spectra.
Similarly, the radial breathing modes do not show any noticeable change
in the positions of the most intense modes; however, there are a number
of minor changes to the lines-shape as one moves from position to position.
This is most likely to be a result of variations in the types and diameters
of the SWNTs which form the bundles in the sample. The changes in the
intensity of the modal peaks are likely due to either variations in the density
of the samples in different regions of the sample or differences in the focus of
the laser.
In conclusion, SWNT resonant Raman spectra which were free from
heating-induced perturbations were acquired using a 2.34 eV laser set to
0.5 % maximum power and set to acquire for 30 seconds.
122
![Page 132: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/132.jpg)
50 100 150 200 250 3000
200
400
600
800261 cm
-1182 cm
-1152 cm
-1
Position 1 Position 2 Position 3
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
102 cm-1
(a)
1400 1450 1500 1550 1600 16500
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
12000
14000
16000
G-
G+1596 cm-1
Position 1 Position 2 Position 3
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
(b)
Figure 6.16: Resonant Raman spectra of unmodified SWNTs acquired using a 2.34 eVlaser set to 0.5 % of the maximum laser power with an acquisition time of 30 secondsacquired from three different positions on the sample, (a) and (b) show the RBM and Gbands of the spectra respectively.
The same procedure as outlined above was used to determine the optimum
conditions for the 1.59 eV and 2.34 eV lasers.
123
![Page 133: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/133.jpg)
SWNT spectra which were free from heating effects were acquired when
the 1.59 eV laser was set to 0.5 % and 0.1 % of the maximum power (350 mW)
depending upon whether the system was operated in laser spot or laser line
mode respectively; and when the 3.83 eV laser was set to 5 % of the maximum
power (300 mW). As discussed in section 6.2.6, the most likely reason for the
need for a higher power setting for the U.V. laser is to compensate for the
extra absorption of U.V. by some of the components of the spectrometer.
6.3.5 (iii) Vibrational modes of non-nanotube
components
Another possible cause of perturbation to the SWNT spectra is contributions
from the presence of vibrational modes originating from molecules and struc-
tures sharing the environment of the SWNTs. In the experiments conducted
in this study the two main sources are the SiO2/Si substrates upon which the
samples were deposited and the molecular species with which the SWNTs
were filled or covered.
Vibrational modes of silicon
Raman spectra were acquired from a SiO2/Si substrate which is represen-
tative of those used in this study using 2.34 eV and 1.59 eV lasers and are
are shown in Figure 6.17 below. It can be seen from parts (a) and (b) of
the figure that the Raman spectra acquired from the silicon substrate using
both laser wavelengths show sharp intense modes at 521 cm-1. This is a well
known vibrational mode and was used to calibrate the spectrometers used in
this study. Given the sharpness and position of this mode it is unlikely that
it would cause any problems in SWNT peak identification.
124
![Page 134: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/134.jpg)
500 1000 1500
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
12000
14000
16000
Si substrate - 2.34 eV laser
Ite
nsity / c
ou
nts
per
se
con
d
Raman shift / cm-1
521 cm-1
Raman shift / cm-1
500 1000 1500
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
12000
14000
16000
Si substrate - 1.59 eV laser
Inte
nsity / c
ounts
per
seco
nd
Raman shift / cm-1
521 cm-1
Raman shift / cm-1
500 1000 1500
0
10000
20000
30000
40000
A typical SWNT bundle - 2.34 eV laser
Inte
nsity / c
ounts
per
seco
nd
Raman shift / cm-1Raman shift / cm-1
500 1000 1500
0
50000
100000
150000
200000
A typical SWNT bundle - 1.59 eV laser
Co
un
ts p
er
se
con
d
Raman shift / cm-1Raman shift / cm-1
(b)
(c) (d)
(a)
Inte
nsity / c
ounts
per
seco
nd
Figure 6.17: Raman spectrum of silicon acquired with a 2.34 eV energy laser (a) and a1.59 eV energy laser (b). (c) and (d) show resonant Raman spectra from SWNTs placedon the SiO2/ Si substrate acquired with a 2.34 eV and 1.59 eV energy laser respectively.
Resonant Raman spectra were acquired from a SWNT sample which is
representative of those used in the study using 2.34 eV and 1.59 eV lasers and
are shown in parts Figure 6.17 (c) and (d) respectively. It can be seen that
there is no evidence of the relatively intense 521 cm-1 Si vibrational mode
in either of the spectra. This implies that the thickness of the SWNT layer
in the samples is of sufficient thickness so that little or no light reaches Si
substrate upon which it is deposited. It is therefore reasonable to conclude
that providing there is a sufficient covering of SWNTs, perturbations to the
SWNT spectra from the substrate are unlikely.
125
![Page 135: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/135.jpg)
The vibrational modes of molecular systems
The other source of vibrational modes which could disrupt the SWNT modes
originate from the molecular species with which the SWNTs have been filled
or covered. Raman spectra were acquired from the molecules used in this
study using a 2.34 eV and 1.59 eV lasers and are shown in Figure 6.18.
It can be seen that clear spectra with a high degree of spectral resolution
were acquired using the 2.34 eV laser. The spectral clarity is such that the
vibrational modes of the molecules can be clearly identified, meaning that
any molecule peaks which appear in any of the modified SWNT spectra can
be easily identified - the most intense modes have been labelled for clarity.
It can be seen from the spectra shown in parts (b) and (c) of Figure 6.18
that the phthalocyanine (Pc) molecules possess intense vibrational modes in
the region of 1520 - 1545 cm-1 - it is these intense modes which are most
likely to cause confusion in the interpretation of the SWNT G band. The
vibrational modes of metallic phthalocyanines at this frequency have been
attributed to stretches in the C-N-C bonds as well as expansion of the pyrrole
structure coupled with C-H in-plane bending (IPB) vibrations in the molecule
[113]. The position of this peak varies depending upon which metal ion is
present at the core of the molecule. The Raman spectrum of the NiTPP
molecule shown in part (a) of the figure show that there are no high intensity
molecular vibrational modes present which might overlap with the SWNT G
band.
126
![Page 136: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/136.jpg)
500 1000 1500
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
12000
NiTPP molecule - 2.34 eV laser
Inte
nsity / c
ounts
per
seco
nd
Raman shift / cm-1
500 1000 1500
0
10000
20000
30000
40000
50000
60000
NiTPP molecule - 1.59 eV laser
Inte
nsity / c
ounts
per
seco
nd
Raman shift / cm-1
500 1000 1500
0
50000
100000
150000
200000
ClAlPc molecule - 1.59 eV laser
Inte
nsity / c
ounts
per
seco
nd
Raman shift / cm-1
500 1000 1500
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
NiPc molecule - 2.34 eV laser
Inte
nsity / c
ounts
per
seco
nd
Raman shift / cm-1
1545 cm-1
500 1000 1500
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
ClAlPc molecule - 2.34 eV laser
Co
un
ts p
er
se
con
d
Raman shift / cm-1
1520 cm-1
500 1000 1500
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
NiPc molecule - 1.59 eV laser
Inte
nsity / c
ounts
per
seco
nd
Raman shift / cm-1
1548 cm-1
Raman shift / cm-1Raman shift / cm-1
Raman shift / cm-1 Raman shift / cm-1
Raman shift / cm-1 Raman shift / cm-1
Inte
nsity /
co
un
ts p
er
se
co
nd
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
(e) (f)
Figure 6.18: (a), (b) and (c) show Raman spectra of the NiTPP, ClAlPc and NiPcmolecules respectively, acquired using a 2.34 eV laser. (d), (e) and (f) show the equivalentspectra, but acquired using a 1.59 eV laser. The molecules from which these Ramanspectra were acquired were deposited onto SiO2 / Si substrates.
127
![Page 137: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/137.jpg)
Figure 6.19 (a) and (b) show a comparison between spectra acquired from
a sample of un-modified SWNTs and of SWNTs with a surface covering of
NiPc molecules. This particular molecular species was chosen because it was
seen to provide the greatest overlap with the SWNT spectrum. It can be
seen from these spectra that there are clearly some vibrational modes in
the doped SWNT spectrum which are not present in the undoped spectrum,
which can be attributed to the NiPc molecule. However, it can be seen that
the SWNT spectrum is clearly still very dominant.
500 1000 1500
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
12000
14000
Unmodified SWNTs - 2.34 eV laser
Inte
nsity / c
ounts
per
seco
nd
Raman shift / cm-1
500 1000 1500
0
20000
40000
60000
80000
100000
120000
140000
Unmodified SWNTs - 1.59 eV laser
Inte
nsity / c
ounts
per
seco
nd
Raman shift / cm-1
Raman shift / cm-1
Raman shift / cm-1
(a) (b)
(c)
500 1000 1500
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
SWNTs covered with NiPc molecules - 2.34 eV laser NiPc molecule - 2.34 eV laser
Inte
nsity / c
ounts
per
seco
nd
Raman shift / cm-1Raman shift / cm-1
500 1000
200
400
600
800
Inte
nsity /
co
un
ts p
er
se
co
nd
Raman shift / cm-1
500 1000
Raman shift / cm-1
Inte
nsity / c
ounts
per
seco
nd
200
400
600
800
500 1000 1500
0
20000
40000
60000
80000
100000
NiTPP covered SWNTs - 1.59 eV laser
Inte
nsity / c
ounts
per
seco
nd
Raman shift / cm-1
Raman shift / cm-1
(d)
500 1000
2500
5000
7500
10000
Inte
nsity /
co
un
ts p
er
se
co
nd
Raman shift / cm-1
Raman shift / cm-1
500 1000
2500
5000
7500
10000
Inte
nsity / c
ounts
per
seco
nd
Figure 6.19: Raman spectra of (a) unmodified SWNTs and (b) SWNTs covered withNiPc molecules acquired using a 2.34 eV laser. The Raman spectrum of the NiPc moleculeshas been included in (b) for comparison. Areas of the modified SWNTs Raman spectrumwhich have been modified by the presence of the NiPc spectrum are highlighted in greenboxes. The inset shows a zoomed in version of the Raman spectrum of SWNTs coveredwith NiPc molecules acquired using a 2.34 eV laser. (c) and (d) of the figure show Ramanspectra of unmodified SWNTs and SWNTs covered with NiTPP molecules respectively-the Raman spectra were acquired using a 1.59 eV laser. The inset in (d) shows a zoomedin version of the Raman spectrum of SWNTs covered with NiTPP molecules acquiredusing a 1.59 eV laser.
128
![Page 138: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/138.jpg)
When illuminated with a 1.59 eV laser both the NiTPP and ClAlPc
molecules showed very large and intense fluorescence peaks (see Figure 6.18
(d) and (e)). These could cause a significant overlap with the SWNT spectra
if a sufficient amount of molecules were present. In Figure 6.19 (c) Raman
spectra acquired using a 1.59 eV laser from a sample of unmodified SWNTs
and Figure 6.19 (d) SWNTs modified with NiTPP molecules are compared.
It can be seen that there is little or no difference between the SWNT spectra
before and after modification with NiTPP molecules, specifically, no large
fluorescence features are observed, and the SWNT modes clearly dominate
the spectrum.
6.4 Results and discussion
6.4.1 The SWNT G band
2.34 eV and 3.83 eV lasers have been used to probe both metallic and semi-
conducting nanotubes, while the 1.59 eV laser will probe predominately semi-
conducting nanotubes. The different laser excitation energies will only res-
onate with nanotubes specific diameters.
The component modes of the SWNT G band from nanotubes probed with
each laser, show changes in both the positions and relative intensities of the
G+ and G- modes upon modification of the nanotubes with organo-metallic
molecules.
Changes in the peak position of these modes have been investigated to
determine whether charge transfer between nanotube and dopant molecules
had occured.
Spectra acquired using the 1.59 eV laser
The spectra acquired using the 1.59 eV laser were fitted well by four Lorentzian
line-shapes centred at approximately 1546 cm-1, 1566 cm-1, 1593 cm-1 and
1601 cm-1.
129
![Page 139: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/139.jpg)
1400 1450 1500 1550 1600 1650
ELaser= 1.59 eV Unmodified SWNTs SWNTs filled with NiTPP molecules SWNTs covered with NiTPP molcules
Inte
nsity
/ A.
U.
Raman shift / cm-1
(a)
1400 1450 1500 1550 1600 1650
ELaser = 1.59 eV Unmodified SWNTs SWNTs filled with ClAlPc molecules SWNTs covered with ClAlPc molecules
Inte
nsity
/ A.
U.
Raman shift / cm-1
(b)
1400 1450 1500 1550 1600 1650
ELaser= 1.59 eV Unmodified SWNTs SWNTs filled with NiPc molecules SWNTs covered with NiPc molecules
Inte
nsity
/ A.
U.
Raman shift / cm-1
(c)
Figure 6.20: (a) to (c) of the figure show resonant Raman spectra of SWNTs filled andcovered with NiTPP, ClAlPc and NiPc molecules respectively, acquired using a 1.59 eVlaser. The spectra of the modified SWNTs for each molecular species have been normalizedto the G+ mode of the unmodified SWNT spectrum for clarity. The spectra of unmodifedSWNTs are shown in black as a reference.
130
![Page 140: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/140.jpg)
The vibrational modes located at 1566 cm-1 and 1593 cm-1 are consistent
with the G- and G+ vibrational modes of semiconducting SWNTs. This is
in agreement with the resonance conditions described in section 6.2.6.
In order to achieve a good fit to the experimental data it was necessary to
include some of the weaker modes of the SWNT G band, specifically those
located at 1546 cm-1 and 1601 cm-1. These modes are not thought to be
sensitive to charge transfer, variation in the fitted peaks assigned to these
modes are most likely an artefact of the data fitting process. In addition,
given the low amplitude of these peaks and the lack of any well defined
signatures in the G bands of the acquired spectra, it is reasonable to put
a low weighting to the significance of the changes in the positions of these
peaks and instead to focus upon the G- and G+ modes. The resonant Raman
spectra acquired are shown in Figure 6.20.
It can be seen from the fitted peak positions shown in Table 6.2 that
there are small up-shifts of 1 cm-1 in the positions of the SWNT G- and G+
modes upon being filled with NiTPP molecules. There is also a decrease in
the relative intensity of the G- peak relative to the G+ peak. The SWNTs
covered with NiTPP molecules also show a small up-shift of 1 cm-1 in the
position of G- mode, however no shift in the G+ mode is observed and there
is negligible change in the relative intensity of the G- mode.
A comparison of the results from SWNTs filled and covered with NiTPP
molecules shows that the greatest changes to the SWNT vibrational modes
occur when the nanotubes are filled with molecules.
In contrast to the situation observed when SWNTs were functionalized
with NiTPP molecules, down-shifts in the positions of the G+ and G- peaks
are seen when SWNTs were modified with ClAlPc molecules.
These down-shifts are significant, down-shifts of -2 cm-1 in the positions
both the G- and G+ SWNTs modes occur when they are filled with ClAlPc
molecules. When covered with ClAlPc molecules even greater down-shifts of
-3 cm-1 and -4 cm-1 are observed.
131
![Page 141: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/141.jpg)
SW
NT
sS
WN
Tm
od
eA
dd
itio
nal
Fre
qu
ency
Fre
qu
ency
shif
tR
elat
ive
Rel
ati
veR
elat
ive
Op
tim
um
fill
ing
Inte
nse
mod
esm
od
ified
freq
uen
cym
od
essh
ift
(fill
ed)
(cov
ered
)in
ten
sity
inte
nsi
tyin
ten
sity
dia
met
er/
nm
of
mole
cule
inw
ith
:/
cm-1
/cm
-1/c
m-1
/cm
-1(u
nm
od
ified
)(fi
lled
)(c
over
ed)
regio
n/
cm-1
NiT
PP
2.3
154
60
-20.
060.
05
0.04
-156
61
10.
210.
15
0.2
3-
159
31
01.
001.
00
1.0
0160
1-1
10.
160.
11
0.20
ClA
lPc
1.8
-154
8153
9-7
-70.
060.1
80.0
9156
7-2
-30.
190.1
90.1
8159
4-2
-41.
001.0
01.0
0160
4-1
-30.
080.1
00.0
8
NiP
c1.8
1548
155
7155
4-1
-50.
090.0
40.0
7156
6-1
00.
140.
19
0.19
159
3-1
01.
001.
00
1.00
160
50
00.
040.
07
0.0
8
Table
6.2:1.59eV
Excitation.Note:th
eintensitiesare
relativeto
theintensity
ofth
eG
+peak.
132
![Page 142: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/142.jpg)
The relative intensities of the G- modes to the G+ modes are the same
for the unmodified and filled samples, however, a small decrease is observed
in the covered sample. The covered spectrum does not reflect this decrease
due to the presence of an intense mode located at 1539 cm-1. This mode is
not present in the unfilled SWNT spectrum and is therefore is most likely
due to a particularly strong Raman-active vibrational mode originating from
the ClAlPc molecule. Due to strong fluorescence it was not possible to reveal
a Raman spectrum from this molecule using this laser excitation, however,
the spectra acquired using the 2.34 eV and 3.83 eV lasers show an intense
molecular vibrational mode at ≈ 1520 cm-1 - it is likely that the 1539 cm-1
mode present in the filled and covered nanotube spectra is an upshift of the
1520 cm-1 mode which may have resulted from aggregation of the molecules.
It can be seen from Figure 6.20 (b) that the relative intensity of this peak is
greater for nanotubes covered with ClAlPc molecules.
For SWNTs modified with NiPc molecules, down-shifts of -1cm-1 are ob-
served in the positions of both the G- and G+ SWNT modes upon being
filled with NiPc molecules. No peak shifts are observed in the G- and G+
modes of SWNTs covered with NiPc molecules.
As well as the observed shifts in position, a increase of 5% in the relative
intensity of the G- peak is observed for SWNTs both filled and covered with
NiPc molecules.
In similarity with the ClAlPc modified SWNT spectra, there is a signifi-
cant well-defined peak located in the spectra of SWNTs modified with NiPc
molecules which is not present in the spectrum of the unmodified SWNTs.
This implies that this mode located at 1553 cm-1 originates from the NiPc
molecule. Indeed, this peak matches exactly the reported position of the
most intense Raman-active mode of the NiPc molecule [113]. In contrast to
what is observed for the ClAlPc molecule, this peak is larger in the spectrum
of SWNTs filled with NiPc molecules (see Figure 6.20 (c)).
133
![Page 143: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/143.jpg)
Resonant Raman spectra resulting from a mixture of semiconduct-
ing and metallic SWNTs
Both the 2.34 eV and 3.83 eV laser excitation energies are such that they
are expected to resonate with the allowed transitions of both semiconducting
and metallic SWNTs. As a result, the resonant Raman spectra of the SWNT
G band acquired will be formed from the superposition of vibrational modes
of both electronic types.
As mentioned earlier in this chapter, the two most intense Raman-active
modes of the SWNT G band are the G- and G+ modes. Therefore, one
would expect the four most intense vibrational modes of a mixed G band
to be the G- metallic mode located at ≈ 1540 cm-1, the semiconducting G-
mode located at ≈ 1570 cm-1, the metallic G+ mode located at 1580 cm-1
and the semiconducting G+ mode located at ≈ 1590 cm-1. However, in
order to obtain a good fit to the experimental data it may be necessary to
include some of the weaker modes from the semiconducting G band. The
two strongest such modes are located at ≈ 1550 cm-1 and ≈ 1605 cm-1.
The SWNT G bands shown in the spectra of Figure 6.21 are fitted well
by the superposition of five Lorentzian line-shapes centred at approximately
1554 cm-1, 1574 cm-1, 1581 cm-1, 1598 cm-1 and 1608 cm-1.
The single broad mode centred at ≈ 1554 cm-1 possesses both a low
intensity and a low level of spectral detail. This mode could be attributed to
either a low intensity G band mode originating from semiconducting SWNTs
or the G- mode of metallic SWNTs, or a superposition of the two. An attempt
was made to fit a Breit Wigner Fano function to this peak - this was found to
fit poorly. This may indicate that the 1554 cm-1 mode has a predominately
semiconducting character, however, there is insufficient detail in the spectra
to identify the origin of this peak. Given the low level of spectral detail, it is
reasonable to put a very low weighting upon the changes in the position of
this mode.
To fit the 1577 cm-1 region of the G band, it was necessary to use two
Lorentizian line-shapes one centred at ≈ 1574 cm-1 and a second centred at
1580 cm-1.
134
![Page 144: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/144.jpg)
The fitted peak located at 1574 cm-1 can be attributed to the G- mode
of semiconducting SWNTs. It possesses both the expected intensity relative
to the G+ semiconducting mode and is located at the expected position.
The expected position of the metallic G+ mode is 1580 cm-1, therefore it is
reasonable to assign the 1580cm-1 fitted peak to this mode. The amplitude
of this mode is approximately equal to that of the broad mode located at
1554 cm-1. This too is consistent with what would be expected in a metallic
SWNT spectrum, further supporting the argument for this mode’s metallic
character.
The superposition of these two modes forms a shoulder to the semicon-
ducting G+ mode. Changes in the shape of the shoulder will result from
either changes in the positions or the intensities of these modes. However,
due to the close proximity of these modes it is not possible to identify the
individual peaks this makes identifying their exact positions and intensities
very difficult. Unfortunately, this severely degrades the reliability of the fit-
ted positions of these peaks. As such, it is necessary to put a low weighting
to individual changes in the intensities and positions of the modes.
The very intense peak located at≈ 1594 cm-1 which dominates the G band
possesses both the expected position and relatively high intensity associated
with the semiconducting G+ mode. The relatively high intensity of this mode
makes identifying its position very easily and as such the position of the fitted
peak can be relied upon to be accurate. It is this peak which presents the
most reliable method for identifying charge transfer-induced peak shifts in
mixed SWNT samples.
The relatively low intensity fitted peak at ≈ 1608 cm-1 is so close to the
very intense G+ mode that it is not possible to observe the features of this
peak. Therefore, any changes in the position and or intensity of this peak
are unreliable.
In conclusion, due to the lack of spectral detail in the G band spectra
possessing Raman contributions from both types of nanotube, only the po-
sition of the dominant G+ semiconducting mode can be stated with a high
degree of confidence.
135
![Page 145: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/145.jpg)
Therefore, changes in the position of G+ mode located at ≈ 1590 cm-1
will be used to inform upon whether charge transfer induced peak shifts have
occured.
Spectra acquired using the 2.34 eV laser
The SWNT G band spectra acquired using the 2.34 eV laser are shown in
Figure 6.21 - Table 6.3 summarises the changes observed in the modes of the
G band upon modification of the SWNTs with the organo-metallic molecules
of the study.
1400 1450 1500 1550 1600 1650
ELaser
= 2.34 eV Unmodified SWNTs SWNTs filled with NiTPP molecules SWNTs covered with NiTPP molecules
Inte
nsity / A
.U.
Raman shift / cm-1
1400 1450 1500 1550 1600 1650
Inte
nsity / A
.U.
Raman shift / cm-1
ELaser
=2.34 eV Unfilled SWNTs SWNTs covered with ClAlPc molecules
1400 1450 1500 1550 1600 1650
ELaser
=2.34 eV Unmodified SWNTs SWNTs filled with ClAlPc molecules
Inte
nsity / A
.U.
Raman shift / cm-1
1400 1450 1500 1550 1600 1650
ELaser
= 2.34 eV Unmodifed SWNTs SWNTs filled with NiPc molecules SWNTs covered with NiPc molecules
Inte
nsity / A
.U.
Raman shift / cm-1
ELaser=2.34 eV
Raman shift / cm-1 Raman shift / cm-1
Raman shift / cm-1 Raman shift / cm-1
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Figure 6.21: (a) to (d) show resonant Raman spectra of SWNTs filled and covered withNiTPP, ClAlPc and NiPc molecules respectively, acquired using a 2.34 eV laser. Thespectra shown in (b) and (c) were acquired on different days and therefore could not beplotted on the same graph. The spectra of unmodifed SWNTs are shown in black as areference.
136
![Page 146: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/146.jpg)
SW
NT
sS
WN
Tm
od
eA
dd
itio
nal
Fre
qu
ency
Fre
qu
ency
shif
tR
elat
ive
Rel
ati
veR
elat
ive
Op
tim
um
fill
ing
Inte
nse
mod
esm
od
ified
freq
uen
cym
od
essh
ift
(fill
ed)
(cov
ered
)in
ten
sity
inte
nsi
tyin
ten
sity
dia
met
er/
nm
of
mole
cule
inw
ith
:/
cm-1
/cm
-1/c
m-1
/cm
-1(u
nm
od
ified
)(fi
lled
)(c
over
ed)
regio
n/
cm-1
NiT
PP
2.3
155
4-3
60.
130.
13
0.14
157
40
-20.
220.
22
0.22
158
10
10.
280.
25
0.2
5159
80
01.
001.
00
1.0
0160
8-3
-10.
290.2
90.2
9
ClA
lPc
1.8
1520
155
03
-80.
200.
19
0.16
157
4-2
00.
440.
17
0.18
158
2-2
10.
120.
17
0.40
159
81
01.
001.
00
1.0
0160
46
90.
710.
14
0.1
1
NiP
c1.8
1545
154
2155
9-3
30.
170.
15
0.17
157
21
20.
320.
18
0.3
1158
10
10.
130.
18
0.1
7159
82
21.
001.
00
1.0
0161
13
10.
210.
14
0.2
4
Table
6.3:2.34eV
Excitation.Note:th
eintensitiesare
relativeto
theintensity
ofth
eG
+peak.
137
![Page 147: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/147.jpg)
It can be seen from Figure 6.21 and Table 6.3 that there is no change in the
position of the semiconducting G+ mode upon modification of the SWNTs
with NiTPP molecules. However, there is also evidence of a decrease in the
intensity of the shoulder to the G+ mode upon both filling and covering.
The cluttered nature of the modes forming this shoulder make it difficult to
be sure which modes are responsible to the observed changes, however the
spectra imply that the reduction is greater for the filled nanotubes.
For SWNTs modified with ClAlPc molecules it can be seen that there is
a small up-shift of 1 cm-1 in the postion of semiconducting G+ mode when
the SWNTs were filled with ClAlPc molecules. However, no change in the
postion of this mode is observed when the SWNTs were covered. There
are also changes in relative intensities of the G- mode for both the SWNTs
fillied and covered with molecules, with the filling causing a reduction in the
intensity and the covering causing an enhancement. It is also worth noting
that there is no evidence of a molecule peak in either spectrum.
For SWNTs modified with NiPc molecules it can be seen that there is a
noticeable up-shift of 2 cm-1 in the postion of the semiconducting G+ mode
upon internal and external modification of the SWNTs with NiPc molecules.
There is also clear evidence of a peak at 1559 cm-1 which as before can be
attributed to the NiPc molecule. This peak possesses both the same position
and approximate intensity for both filled and covered SWNTs.
Spectra acquired using the 3.83 eV laser
The SWNT G band spectra acquired using the 3.83 eV laser are shown in
Figure 6.22 - Table 6.4 summarises the changes observed in the modes of the
G band upon modification of the SWNTs with the organo-metallic molecules
of the study.
138
![Page 148: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/148.jpg)
1400 1450 1500 1550 1600 1650
ELaser= 3.83 eV Unmodified SWNTs SWNTs filled with NiTPP molecules SWNTs covered with NiTPP molecules
Inte
nsity
/ A.
U.
Raman shift / cm-1
(a)
1400 1450 1500 1550 1600 1650
ELaser= 3.83 eV Unmodified SWNTs SWNTs filled with ClAlPc molecules SWNTs covered with ClAlPc molecules
Inte
nsity
/ A.
U.
Raman shift / cm-1
(b)
1400 1450 1500 1550 1600 1650
ELaser= 3.83 eV Unmodified SWNTs SWNTs filled with NiPc molecules SWNTs covered with NiPc molecules
Inte
nsity
/ A.
U.
Raman shift / cm-1
(c)
Figure 6.22: (a) to (f) show resonant Raman spectra of SWNTs filled and covered withNiTPP, ClAlPc and NiPc molecules respectively acquired using a 3.83 eV laser. Thespectra of unmodifed SWNTs are shown in black as a reference.
139
![Page 149: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/149.jpg)
SW
NT
sS
WN
Tm
od
eA
dd
itio
nal
Fre
qu
ency
Fre
qu
ency
shif
tR
elat
ive
Rel
ati
veR
elat
ive
Op
tim
um
fill
ing
Inte
nse
mod
esm
od
ified
freq
uen
cym
od
essh
ift
(fill
ed)
(cov
ered
)in
ten
sity
inte
nsi
tyin
ten
sity
dia
met
er/
nm
of
mole
cule
inw
ith
:/
cm-1
/cm
-1/c
m-1
/cm
-1(u
nm
od
ified
)(fi
lled
)(c
over
ed)
regio
n/
cm-1
NiT
PP
2.3
154
8-1
30.
090.
06
0.12
156
32
20.
270.
34
0.3
2157
36
70.
180.
09
0.2
4159
00
11.
001.
00
1.0
0
ClA
lPc
1.8
1522
155
0153
4(F
)0.
10156
215
38(C
)-2
30.
300.2
30.3
4157
3-2
0.29
0.18
159
1-2
-11.
001.0
01.0
0159
90.
31
NiP
c155
2(F
)1.8
154
815
53(C
)-3
0.08
0.06
156
04
0.11
0.1
5157
1-2
40.
430.
24
0.25
159
10
21.
001.
00
1.0
0160
20.
15
Table
6.4:3.83eV
Excitation.Note:th
eintensitiesare
relativeto
theintensity
ofth
eG
+peak.
140
![Page 150: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/150.jpg)
It can be seen from Figure 6.22 and Table 6.4 that no change in the
position of the G+ SWNT peak located at 1590 cm-1 occurs upon filling with
NiTPP molecules, however a small up-shift of 1 cm-1 is observed for SWNTs
covered with NiTPP molecules. There may be some change in the relative
intensity of the shoulder to the G+ mode located at ≈ 1580 cm-1, but it is
difficult to be sure of the origins.
For SWNTs modified with ClAlPc molecules it can be seen that the po-
sition of the G+ semiconducting SWNT mode is down-shifted by -2 cm-1
and -1 cm-1 upon filling and covering with ClAlPc molecules respectively.
The fitted peaks imply a decrease in the intensity of the shoulder to the G+
peak for the covered SWNTs. However, the presence of the relatively intense
molecule peak in the spectrum make it appear that the shoulder has been
enhanced when is has not.
Both the filled and covered spectra show peaks which are not present
in the unmodified SWNT spectra at 1534 and 1538 cm-1 respectively. The
peaks are attributed to particularly intense vibrational mode originating from
the ClAlPc molecule as before. The intensity of this peak is greatest in the
spectrum of SWNTs filled with ClAlPc molecules.
The fitted peaks imply a decrease in the intensity of the shoulder to the
G+ peak for the filled SWNTs. However, the presence of the relatively intense
molecule peak in the spectrum make it appear that the shoulder has been
enhanced when is has not.
For SWNTs modified with NiPc molecules it can be seen that the G+
semiconducting mode is seen to be up-shifted by 2 cm-1 upon covering with
NiPc molecules, however no shift is observed for the SWNTs filled with NiPc
molecules.
The molecule peaks in both the filled and covered spectra are very intense,
in similarity with what was observed in the ClAlPc modified SWNTs the
molecule peak is greater for SWNTs filled with NiPc molecules. There is
also a small discrepancy in the positions of this peak, with it being located
at 1553 cm-1 in the covered spectrum and slightly lower at 1552 cm-1 in the
filled. This too is the same pattern as observed with the ClAlPc molecule.
141
![Page 151: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/151.jpg)
The dominant nature of the molecule peak makes even assigning changes
in the relative intensities of the shoulders to the G+ mode difficult.
6.4.2 The SWNT RBM band
Spectra acquired using the 1.59 eV laser
The radial breathing mode spectra of the unmodified SWNTs acquired using
the 1.59 eV laser show four intense and sharp peaks and the spectra are fitted
well by six Lorentzian line shapes. In the low frequency region of the spectra,
depending upon the individual spectrum, one or two broad peaks are required
at approximately 110 cm-1 and 130 cm-1 - these fitted peaks can be assigned to
low frequency SWNT RBMs. Using equation 6.10 to calculate the diameters
of the SWNTs associated with these modes it can be calculated that they
originate from SWNTs of 2.34 nm and 1.96 nm in diameter respectively.
Such diameters would put these SWNTs close to the peak of the nanotube
diameter distribution function, meaning that there should be a large number
of these nanotubes. However, as previously mentioned the intensity of RBMs
originating from d > 2.0 nm are very low. This is likely to be the cause of
the very low intensity of these modes.
Given the breadth and relatively low intensity of these modes and the fact
that it is not possible to clearly identify the peak positions from the spectra, it
is reasonable to assign a low weighting to changes in their positions. However,
changes in the intensities of these modes may still be useful.
The remaining RBM peaks located at approximately 160 cm-1, 210 cm-1,
234 cm-1 and 268 cm-1 correspond to nanotubes of 1.6 nm, 1.2 nm, 1.0 nm
and 0.9 nm in diameter respectively. Using these calculated diameters in
combination with the Kataura plot shown in Figure 6.10 it is possible to
identify the electronic type of each of these SWNTs. From the Kataura plot
it can be seen that the RBM located at 160 cm-1 originates from metallic
SWNTs of ≈ 1.6 nm in diameter. The remaining RBM’s originate from
semiconducting SWNTs of ≈ 1.0 nm in diameter. All but the 234 cm-1 mode
are relatively sharp and intense.
142
![Page 152: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/152.jpg)
Therefore, it is reasonable to view changes in the postion and intensity of
these modes with a high degree of confidence. It is changes in the postion and
intensity of these three modes which will be used to inform upon molecule-
induced changes to the SWNTs mechanical and electronic properties.
SWNTs modified with NiTPP molecules
It can be seen from Table 6.5 and from Figure 6.23 (a) and (b) that there
is no shift in the position of three most intense RBMs upon filling with
NiTPP molecules. However, there is an enhancement in the intensity in all
of the RBMs including the low intensity 114 cm-1 mode. In addition to these
increases in intensity, there is a change in peak dominance upon filling. In
the unmodified SWNT spectra, the two most intense peaks located at 164
cm-1 and 269 cm-1 possess approximately equal intensities, however, upon
filling with NiTPP molecules the 164 cm-1 peak becomes dominant.
SWNT modes / cm-1 ∆ω (Filling) / cm-1 ∆ω (Covering) / cm-1
114 9 9164 0 1211 0 1234 1 1269 0 0
Table 6.5: Vibrational modes of SWNTs modified with NiTPP molecules acquired usinga 1.59 eV laser.
143
![Page 153: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/153.jpg)
100 150 200 250 3001000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
Unmodified SWNT's SWNT's filled with NiTPP
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
ELaser
= 1.59 eV
(a)
100 150 200 250 3001000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
Unmodified SWNT's SWNT's covered with NiTPP
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
ELaser
= 1.59 eV
(b)
100 150 200 250 300
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
Unmodified SWNT's SWNT's filled with ClAlc
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
ELaser
= 1.59 eV
(c)
100 150 200 250 300
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
Unmodified SWNT's SWNT's covered with ClAlPc
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
ELaser
= 1.59 eV
(d)
100 150 200 250 300
400
500
600
700
800
900
Unmodified SWNT's SWNT's filled with NiPc
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
ELaser
= 1.59 eV
(e)
100 150 200 250 300
400
500
600
700
800
900
ELaser
= 1.59 eV Unmodified SWNT's SWNT's covered with NiPc
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
(f)
Figure 6.23: (a) to (f) show resonant Raman spectra of SWNTs filled and covered withNiTPP, ClAlPc and NiPc molecules respectively, acquired using a 1.59 eV laser. Thespectra of unmodifed SWNTs are shown in black as a reference.
In contrast, a small up-shift of 1 cm-1 in the positions of the first two
sharp peaks located at 164 cm-1 and 211 cm-1 was observed upon covering.
No up-shift is observed in the 264 cm-1 peak. In similarity to what is observed
in the NiTPP filled SWNT spectra, an increase in all of the sharp RBM’s was
observed when the SWNTs were covered with NiTPP molecules. However,
in contrast the peak dominance is reversed. In the NiTPP covered SWNT
spectra the 264 cm-1 peak is clearly dominant. In addition, no increase in
the intensity of the 110 cm-1 mode is observed.
144
![Page 154: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/154.jpg)
In conclusion, the RBM’s of the SWNTs modified by both methods
show enhancements in the intensities of the modes after modification with
NiTPP molecules. However, the lower frequency modes originating from
larger diameter nanotubes are dominant when the SWNTs are filled with
NiTPP molecules, and the opposite is true for SWNTs covered with NiTPP
molecules.
SWNTs modified with ClAlPc molecules
It can be seen from Table 6.6 and Figure 6.23 (c) and (d) that an up-shift of
1 cm-1 is seen in the position of the 163 cm-1 SWNT RBM mode when the
SWNTs are filled with ClAlPc molecules. In addition to this, down-shifts of
2 cm-1 in the positions of the modes at 210 cm-1 and 268 cm-1 are observed.
As well as these changes in peak position there are a number of changes in the
intensity of the modes. The most striking changes in intensity originate from
the reversal of the dominance in the spectra. In the un-modified spectrum
the mode at 163 cm-1 is clearly dominant, however, upon filling, the mode at
268 cm-1 becomes dominant.
SWNT modes / cm-1 ∆ω (Filling) / cm-1 ∆ω (Covering) / cm-1
104 -7131 1163 1210 -2234 1268 -2
Table 6.6: Vibrational modes of SWNTs modified with ClAlPc molecules acquired usinga 1.59 eV laser.
Due to the high gradient of the spectrum acquired from the SWNTs
covered with ClAlPc molecules it was impossible to obtain a good fit to the
data. However, it is still possible to make a number of observations from the
relative intensities of the modes shown in the spectra. Firstly, there is an
increase in the intensity of the broad RBM located at approximately
131 cm-1. In addition to this there is a reversal in the dominance of the
RBM’s, with the 268 cm-1 mode becoming dominant after covering.
145
![Page 155: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/155.jpg)
In conclusion, an up-shift of 1 cm-1 in the position of the 163 cm-1 RBM
originating from metallic SWNTs is observed upon filling of the SWNTs with
ClAlPc molecules. In contrast, the modes located at 210 cm-1 and 268 cm-1
originating from semiconducting SWNTs show down-shifts of 2 cm-1. It can
be seen that SWNTs modified with ClAlPc molecules using either method,
show both an enhancement of the broad peak located at 131 cm-1 originating
from semiconducting SWNTs of ≈ 2.0 nm in diameter and a shift in mode
dominance with the 268 cm-1 RBM becoming the most intense mode upon
modification.
SWNTs modified with NiPc molecules
The intensity of the spectra acquired from the NiPc samples is quite low;
this makes peak fitting more difficult and hence reduces the confidence of
the fitted peak positions of the RBM’s. Therefore, a greater weighting is
given to changes in the intensities of the RBM’s of these spectra and the
apparent changes in the positions of the fitted peaks will be ignored (table
of peak positions not included).
The unmodified SWNT spectra shown in Figure 6.23 (e) and (f) show four
relatively sharp peaks located at approximately 160 cm-1, 208 cm-1, 232 cm-1
and 266 cm-1. The positions of these modes before and after modification co-
incide very well, this implies that there is little if any change in position. The
most striking changes in the spectra upon modification of the SWNTs with
NiPc molecules is the reduction in intensity of the RBMs located at 160 cm-1
and 266 cm-1. The data imply a reduction in intensity because the intensities
of the 208 cm-1 and 232 cm-1 modes remain constant upon modification, but
the intensities of the other two modes decrease. The reduction in intensity
of the 160 cm-1 mode seems to be approximately equal for both forms of
modification, however the reduction in intensity of the 266 cm-1 mode seems
to be greater for SWNTs filled with NiPc molecules as opposed to covered.
146
![Page 156: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/156.jpg)
In conclusion, the most striking differences between the unmodified SWNT
spectra and those modified with NiPc molecules come from decreases in the
intensities of the RBM’s located at 160 cm-1 and 266 cm-1 originating from
metallic SWNTs of 1.9 nm in diameter and semiconducting SWNTs of 0.9 nm
in diameter respectively. The decrease in the intensity of the 160 cm-1 mode
is approximately the same for both forms of modification. In contrast, the
intensity of the 266 cm-1 mode experiences the greater reduction in intensity
when the SWNTs are filled with molecules.
Conclusions
In conclusion, it can be seen from the spectra that for SWNTs modified with
the Pc type molecules the RBM located at approx. 268 cm-1 originating
from semiconducting SWNTs of 0.9 nm in diameter is the dominant mode.
This is in contradiction to what is observed in the spectra of the unmodified
SWNTs where the unmodified spectra it is the 168 cm-1 mode originating
from metallic SWNTs of ≈ 1.6 nm in diameter is dominant. In contrast to
what is observed in SWNTs filled with Pc type molecules, the 168 cm-1 mode
remained the dominant RBM of the SWNTs filled with NiTPP molecules.
However, upon covering with NiTPP molecules the 268 cm-1 RBM becomes
dominant in similarity to what is observed in the Pc modified SWNTs
Spectra acquired using the 2.34 eV laser
The RBM spectra acquired using the 2.34 eV laser can be fitted by at least
four Lorentzian line-shapes. However, it can be seen from the Kataura plot
that at this excitation energy the SWNT transition bands are much more
tightly grouped. This makes identification of the individual RBM’s more
difficult. In general, the spectra are fitted well by the superposition of five
Lorentzian line-shapes centred at 115 cm-1, 153 cm-1, 186 cm-1, 234 cm-1 and
264 cm-1.
Using equation 6.10 in combination with the Kataura plot it can be de-
termined that the RBM located at ≈ 115 cm-1 can be attributed to either
metallic or semiconducting SWNTs of 2.2 nm in diameter.
147
![Page 157: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/157.jpg)
The broadness of the peak may be a reflection of the dense nature of the
allowed transitions at this energy, or as mentioned previously, may be a result
of the weak resonance of the RBM’s of SWNTs with d > 2.0 nm. Given the
breadth of this peak and that there is no clearly defined peak signature in
the spectra, it is reasonable to put a low weighting to changes in the position
of the peaks fitted to this mode, however, changes in the relative intensity of
this mode may be meaningful.
The other modes are considerably sharper than the 115 cm-1 mode and
hence the fitted peak positions are considerably more reliable. Using the
Kataura plot, the modes located at 153 cm-1 and 186 cm-1 can be seen to
originate from semiconducting SWNTs of 1.6 nm and 1.3 nm in diameter
respectively. The modes located at 234 cm-1 and 264 cm-1 can attributed to
metallic SWNTs of 1.0 nm and 0.9 nm in diameter respectively. The RBM
located at 234 cm-1 is very broad and of low intensity, therefore changes in
the position of this mode cannot be relied upon to be accurate.
In conclusion, the RBMs which are most reliable are those located at
163 cm-1 and 186 cm-1 originating from semiconducting SWNTs and the
mode located at 268 cm-1 originating from metallic SWNTs. Changes in the
positions and intensities of these modes will be utilized to identify changes
in the mechanical and electrical properties of the SWNTs upon doping with
molecules.
SWNTs modified with NiTPP molecules
It can be seen from Table 6.7 and Figure 6.24 (a) and (b) that the spectrum
of the unmodified SWNTs and those modified with NiTPP molecules are
very similar, however, there are a number of significant differences.
148
![Page 158: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/158.jpg)
SWNT modes / cm-1 ∆ω (Filling) / cm-1 ∆ω (Covering) / cm-1
116 -2 -2152 7 6183 6 7265 8 6
Table 6.7: Vibrational modes of SWNTs modified with NiTPP molecules acquired usinga 2.34 eV laser.
50 100 150 200 250 3000
100
200
300
Unmodifed SWNT's SWNT's filled with NiTPP
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
ELaser
= 2.34 eV
(a)
50 100 150 200 250 3000
100
200
Unmodified SWNT's SWNT's covered with NiTPP
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
ELaser
= 2.34 eV
(b)
50 100 150 200 250 300
100
200
300
400
500
Unmodified SWNT's SWNT's filled with ClAlPc
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
ELaser
= 2.34 eV
(c)
50 100 150 200 250 300
100
200
300
400
500
Unmodified SWNT's SWNT's covered with ClAlPc
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
ELaser
= 2.34 eV
(d)
50 100 150 200 250 30050
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
Unmodified SWNT's SWNT's filled with NiPc
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
ELaser
= 2.34 eV
(e)
50 100 150 200 250 30050
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Unmodified SWNT's SWNT's covered with NiPc
Inte
nsity
/ co
unts
per
sec
ond
Raman shift / cm-1
ELaser
= 2.34 eV
(f)
Figure 6.24: (a) to (f) show resonant Raman spectra of SWNTs filled and covered withNiTPP, ClAlPc and NiPc molecules respectively, acquired using a 2.34 eV laser. Thespectra of unmodified SWNTs are shown in black as a reference.
149
![Page 159: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/159.jpg)
Upon filling with NiTPP molecules the 186 cm-1 SWNT RBM shows
a significant increase in intensity and becomes the dominant mode of the
spectrum. In contrast, the RBM located at 265 cm-1 shows a slight decrease
in intensity and is up-shifted by 8 cm-1 to 273 cm-1.
Upon covering with NiTPP molecules a small increase in the intensity of
the 186 cm-1 RBM, as well as a significant decrease in the intensity of the
mode located at 265 cm-1 is observed - there is also evidence of an up-shift
in the position of this mode.
In conclusion, the 186 cm-1 and 265 cm-1 SWNT RBM’s both show no-
ticeable changes after the SWNTs were modified with NiTPP molecules. The
intensity of the 186 cm-1 mode is seen to be enhanced upon both filling and
covering, however the enhancement is significantly greater for the SWNTs
filled with NiTPP molecules rather than covered. A reduction in intensity
of the 265 cm-1 mode and an up-shift in its position is observed for both
forms of modification, however the up-shift is far greater for filling and the
reduction in intensity is greater for covering.
SWNTs modified with ClAlPc molecules
It can be seen from the spectra shown in Figure 6.24 (c) and (d) and Table 6.8
that there is little or no significant change in either the intensity or position of
the 153 cm-1 or 189 cm-1 RBM’s upon either filling or covering of the SWNTs
with ClAlPc molecules. There is also little or no significant change in the
position or intensity of the 264 cm-1 mode upon covering of the SWNTs.
However, the peak at 264 cm-1 in the ClAlPc filled SWNT spectrum is seen
to be down-shifted by approximately 6 cm-1 and to be enhanced in intensity
by a significant amount.
150
![Page 160: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/160.jpg)
SWNT modes / cm-1 ∆ω (Filling) / cm-1 ∆ω (Covering) / cm-1
119 -3 -10153 2 -3189 -1 -6234 7264 -6 3
Table 6.8: Vibrational modes of SWNTs modified with ClAlPc molecules acquired usinga 2.34 eV laser.
SWNTs modified with NiPc molecules
It can be seen from the spectra shown in Figure 6.24 (e) and (f) and Table 6.9
that there is evidence of a small increase in the intensity of the 186 cm-1 mode
in the spectra of SWNTs both filled and covered with NiPc molecules. In
addition to this, there is evidence of up-shifts in the positions of the 153 cm-1
and 186 cm-1 modes upon filling. There is also evidence of an enhancement in
the intensity of the 268 cm-1 mode upon both filling and covering. However,
this enhancement is significantly greater in the NiPc-covered SWNT spectra.
SWNT modes / cm-1 ∆ω (Filling) / cm-1 ∆ω (Covering) / cm-1
112 -5153 5 5186 4 2235 18268 1 0
Table 6.9: Vibrational modes of SWNTs modified with NiPc molecules acquired using a2.34 eV laser.
Conclusions
In conclusion, it can be seen from the spectra that the intensity of the RBM
located at ≈ 153 cm-1 is enhanced when the SWNTs are both filled and
covered using NiTPP and NiPc molecules. This enhancement is greatest for
SWNTs which have been filled with the molecules in both cases, however the
SWNTs filled with NiTPP molecules show the greatest enhancement.
151
![Page 161: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/161.jpg)
The SWNTs modified with ClAlPc molecules show no change in the po-
sition or intensity of this mode.
The intensity of the SWNT RBM located at ≈ 265 cm-1 shows either a
small increase or no change in intensity when covered with NiPc and ClAlPc
molecules respectively. In contrast, the RBM of SWNTs covered with NiTPP
molecules shows a decrease in the intensity of the 265 cm-1 mode.
Spectra acquired using the 3.83 eV laser
It was not possible to acquire any useful RBM spectra from the nanotube
samples using the 3.83 eV laser. This was due to intrinsic limitations of the
spectrometer used.
6.5 Discussion
The Raman spectra described above revealed the following:
(i) Shifts in the positions of the G- and G+ SWNT modes and in the
position of the molecule modes.
(ii) The shifts in position are larger for certain molecules.
(iii) Changes in the relative intensity of the G- mode.
(iv) For a given molecule and type of SWNT modification employed,
different spectral changes were observed depending on which laser was
used.
A summary of the main results is given in Table 2.11.
152
![Page 162: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/162.jpg)
ELaser Molecule ∆ G+ ∆ G+ dtsc dtscG doptimum
/ cm-1 / cm-1 / nm / nm / nm(Filled) (Covered)
1.59 eV 2.2 2.5NiTPP 1 0 2.3
ClAlPc -2 -4 1.8
NiPc -1 0 1.8
2.34 eV 1.8 2.0NiTPP 0 0 2.3
ClAlPc 1 0 1.8
NiPc 2 2 1.8
3.83 eV - -NiTPP 0 1 2.3
ClAlPc -2 -1 1.8
NiPc 0 2 1.8
Table 6.10: shows the shifts in the position of the G+ modes of spectra acquired fromSWNTs both filled and covered with each molecule acquired with each laser. ELaser is theenergy of the lasers used, ∆ G+ is the Raman shift in the position of the G+ mode observedupon filling and covering. dtsc indicates the diameter of the semiconducting nanotubes inresonance with each laser. dtscG indicates the diameter of the semiconducting nanotubesin resonance with photon scattered by the nanotube G mode. doptimum is the optimumfilling diameter for each molecule.
Such effects can be caused by a number of phenomena. The most likely
to cause such changes are (i) strain induced in the nanotubes as a result
of charge transfer between nanotube and molecule and (ii) structural strain
induced in the nanotubes by the filling and covering.
153
![Page 163: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/163.jpg)
6.5.1 (i) Charge transfer
As discussed in section 6.2.5, charge transfer to or from dopant molecules
to nanotubes is known to result in strain being induced in the nanotube
structure either due to a weakening of the C-C bonds (n-type doping) or a
strengthening of the bonds (p-type doping).
Charge transfer to nanotubes can occur in one of two ways, either elec-
trons will be transferred from occupied states in the dopants to unoccupied
states in the conduction band of the nanotube (n-type doping) or electrons
will be donated from the nanotube valence band to unoccupied states in
the dopant (p-type doping). It has been demonstrated that charge transfer
between the SWNTs and organic molecules is controlled by the ionisation
potential (IP) and / or the electron affinity (EA) of the guest molecule [114].
The ionisation potential of a molecule can be thought of as the minimum
energy required to remove an electron. If the molecule in question was in
the ground state the ionisation potential would be the difference in energy
between the highest occupied molecular orbital (HOMO) and the vacuum
level. In contrast, the electron affinity is the energy released when an elec-
tron attaches to a molecule. In the ground state, this would be the energy
difference between the vacuum level and lowest unoccupied molecular orbital
(LUMO).
When the HOMO of the dopant molecule is greater in energy than the
conduction band of the nanotube as is the case in Figure 6.25 (a) then elec-
trons are donated from the molecule to the nanotube, and the nanotube
becomes n-type doped. If however, the valence band of the nanotube is
higher than the LUMO of the molecule (Figure 6.25 (b)) then electrons will
be transferred from the nanotube to the molecule and the nanotube will
become p-type doped.
154
![Page 164: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/164.jpg)
Mole
cu
lar
orb
ita
l en
erg
y (
eV
)
Vacuum level
Guest molecule (a) Guest molecule (b)SWNT
Conduction band
Valence band
LUMO
HOMO
LUMO
HOMO
EA
IP
EA IP
e-
e-
(a) (b)
Figure 6.25: The possible charge transfer mechanisms between SWNTs and guestmolecules. (a) charge transfer from molecule to nanotube (b) charge transfer from nan-otube to molecule.
The charge transfer direction will depend very much upon the electronic
structure of the guest organic molecule. For example when the organic chain
molecule SPEEK which contains aromatic rings was added to the exterior of
semiconducting SWNTs of 1.48 nm by Zhu et. al. [115] charge transfer from
the valence bands of the SWNT to the LUMO of the SPEEK molecule was
observed. Charge transfer is confirmed by a noticeable up-shift in the SWNT
G band upon modification of the SWNTs with the SPEEK molecule.
In contrast, when SWNTs were functionalized with smaller aromatic
molecules such as Amph-TTF and TDD-TTF [98] and aromatic amines [96]
down-shifts in the positions of the SWNT G bands consistent with charge
transfer from the guest molecules to the SWNTs were observed.
Figure 6.26 shows the molecular orbitals (MOs) of the three molecules
used in this study. The HOMO and LUMO levels of the ClAlPc molecule
were determined experimentally [116], while those of the NiPc and porphyrin
molecules were calculated using density functional theory (DFT) [117, 118].
The band gaps and MOs of the phthalocyanine molecules are roughly the
same. The NiTPP molecule however, has both a larger band gap and a
higher LUMO than the other molecules.
155
![Page 165: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/165.jpg)
Figure 6.26: The HOMO and LUMO energy levels [116–118] and optical absorptionspectra of the molecules used in this study ((a) ClAlPc, (b) NiPc and (c) NiTPP).
Optical absorption spectra acquired from the molecules have been in-
cluded to gauge the validity of the values obtained from literature.
156
![Page 166: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/166.jpg)
Making a comparison between the two, it can be seen that the values
agree within ≈0.2 eV each other.
The other factor which determines whether charge transfer will occur is
the relative positions and occupancies of the valence and conduction bands
of the SWNTs upon which the guest molecules are attached. It has been
found that the Fermi level of nanotubes of greater than 1 nm in diameter is
approximated well by the work function of graphene (-4.66 eV) [119]. It has
also been found that semiconducting SWNTs are p-doped in ambient condi-
tions [120]; this means that the top of the valence band of semiconducting
SWNTs is partially vacant and ready to receive electrons from the HOMO
of a suitable molecule.
Another important aspect to consider is the quantum mechanical nature
of nanotubes - specifically the relationship between the band gap of the
nanotube and its diameter. In nanotubes the band gap is inversely propor-
tional to diameter. The band gap will determine the positions of the valence
and conduction bands of the nanotube. The band gaps between the V1 and
C1 van Hove singularities of semiconducting nanotubes (i.e. the E11s tran-
sition), calculated using the allowed transitions shown in the Kataura plot,
of diameters in the range 1.0 to 2.5 nm (encompassing the likely diameter
distribution used in this study) are given in Table 6.11.
Nanotube diameter / nm Band gap / eV
1.0 0.801.5 0.552.0 0.402.5 0.35
Table 6.11: The diameters and associated band gaps of semiconducting SWNTs.
Figure 6.27 shows the likely charge transfer mechanism between the ClAlPc
molecule and semiconducting nanotubes possessing diameters expected to
present in the samples.
157
![Page 167: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/167.jpg)
It can be seen from this figure that, on making the
assumption that the obtained values for the molecular orbitals of the ClAlPc
molecule and band structure of the p-doped SWNTs are true, then charge
transfer from the HOMO of the molecules to the vacant states in the valence
band of the nanotubes will be possible. However, the amount of charge trans-
ferred will be reduced as the band gap decreases with increasing nanotube
diameter. Given that the band gap of the ClAlPc and NiPc molecules is very
similar, this mechanism, if accurate, is likely true for both.
Another factor which may have an effect upon the charge transfer be-
tween the molecules and the nanotubes is the extent to which the molecules
are distorted due interaction with the nanotube. It has been found using
density functional theory calculations that when distorted out of planarity
the HOMO level of the NiTPP molecule increases and the LUMO decreases
with the amount of distortion [121]. As discussed in chapter 3, the molecules
attached to nanotubes are likely to have some level of curvature induced dis-
tortion, the extent of which will depend upon the diameter of the
nanotube to which they are attached. Such distortions to the molecules both
encapsulated and attached to the exterior of SWNTs could have an effect
upon the charge transfer between the molecules and SWNTs. For exam-
ple, a distortion-induced increase in the height of the HOMO of an attached
molecule could result in charge transfer which would be unfavorable in the
planar molecule.
However, the calculations of Maji et al. [121] show that the increases in
the energy of the HOMO are expected to be small (less than 0.1 eV) and
therefore probably would not greatly affect the charge transfer between the
molecules and the nanotubes.
158
![Page 168: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/168.jpg)
Mo
lecu
lar
orb
ita
l e
ne
rgy (
eV
)Vacuum level
0.0
-1.0
-2.0
-3.0
-4.0
-5.0
-6.0
Conduction band
Valence bande-
Conduction band
Valence band
Conduction band
Valence band
LUMO
HOMO
ClAlPc molecule P-SWNT- d = 1.0 nm P-SWNT- d = 2.0 nm P-SWNT- d = 3.0 nm
Increasing SWNT diameter
Figure 6.27: Schematic illustration of electron transfer between the ClAlPc moleculeand intrinsically p-doped SWNTs of various diameters.
This mechanism would fit well with the observed down-shifts in the G-
and G+ peaks observed when SWNTs modified with both ClAlPc and NiPc
molecules were excited by a 1.59 eV laser. At this excitation energy semicon-
ducting nanotubes of 2.0 nm in diameter are in resonance. This is close to the
optimum filling diameter of 1.8 nm, therefore molecule-nanotube interaction
should be maximised. The up-shift in the G- and G+ peaks observed when
the ClAlPc modified SWNTs were excited by a 2.34 eV laser and when the
NiPc modified SWNTs were excited by both the 2.34 eV and 3.83 eV lasers
are inconsistent with the above charge transfer mechanism. This may result
from different nanotube diameters being in resonance at these energies.
The NiTPP molecule is different both structurally and electronically and
is larger than the Phthalocyanine molecules. It possesses a larger HOMO-
LUMO gap of 2.9 eV meaning that its LUMO is likely to be even higher
in energy that that of the Pc molecules. The HOMO is expected to be at
approximately the same level as for the Pc molecules. In terms of charge
transfer this would imply that using the mechanism above, electron trans-
fer from the molecule to the nanotube should be favourable. However, the
up-shifts observed in the Raman spectra of SWNTs modified with NiTPP
excited with the 1.59 and 3.83 eV lasers would imply charge transfer from
the nanotubes to the molecule. This would be inconsistent with the above
charge transfer mechanism.
159
![Page 169: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/169.jpg)
The molecular orbitals of the TPP molecule shown schematically in Fig-
ure 6.26 were obtained by density functional theory (DFT) calculations [118]
and while this method is known to give good indications of molecular HOMO-
LUMO gaps, it is less accurate in giving the exact position of the energy
levels. This is for the TPP molecule and not the NiTPP molecule but, the
HOMO and LUMOs of the two molecules should belong to the π and π*
orbitals and hence be the same. If charge transfer is responsible for the ob-
served down-shifts then the electron affinity of the NiTPP molecule would
have to be a lot larger - such a scenario in shown in Figure 6.28. In this sce-
nario only the band structure of larger diameter SWNTs have been included.
This is because the molecules are not expected to fit into the narrower tubes.
Mole
cu
lar
orb
ita
l en
erg
y (
eV
)
Vacuum level0.0
-1.0
-2.0
-3.0
-4.0
-5.0
-6.0
e-
Conduction band
Valence band LUMO
HOMO
NiTPP moleculeP-SWNT- d = 2.0 nm
Figure 6.28: Schematic illustration of a possible scenario for charge transfer from a2.0 nm semiconducting SWNT to the NiTPP molecule.
While the charge transfer mechanism described above could explain the
down-shifts observed in some of the G+ modes in spectra of the SWNTs
filled and covered with the phthalocyanine molecules provided that their
HOMOs are high enough, it is inconsistent with the up-shifts in the G+
modes observed in others such as any of the spectra of SWNTs functionalized
with NiTPP molecules.
160
![Page 170: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/170.jpg)
6.5.2 (ii) Structural strain
The other way in which the nanotubes can be strained is by structural de-
formation of the nanotube walls, for instance by the introduction of foreign
material into the internal cavity of the nanotube or by attachment of mate-
rial to the exterior. Such a mechanism has been employed previously [122] to
explain up-shifts observed in the G+ modes of SWNTs doped with rubidium
atoms. It is likely that the greatest level of structural deformation-based
strain in filled nanotubes would result from tubes where the diameter of the
nanotube filled is less than the optimum filling diameter of the encapsulated
molecule [102].
The above argument could explain the up-shifts observed in some of the
G+ modes of SWNTs modified with molecular systems in this study, sum-
marised in Table 6.10.
The semiconducting SWNTs in resonance with the 1.59 eV laser and with
the G scattered photon have a diameters of 2.2 nm and 2.5 nm respectively.
These diameters match well with the expected optimum filling diameter for
the NiTPP molecule of 2.3 nm. It is possible that close to doptimum the filling
causes structural strain to the nanotube. If so, the above mechanism would
explain the observed up-shift in the G mode.
The semiconducting nanotubes in resonance with the 2.34 eV laser and
with the G scattered photon have a diameters of 1.8 nm and 2.0 nm respec-
tively. These tubes are too narrow for the NiTPP molecules to enter face-on,
therefore, it is likely that the resulting filling yield is either a very low (un-
detectable), this would be consistent with the lack of any peak shift in the
G+ mode.
The diameters of the nanotubes in resonance with the 2.34 eV laser are
very close to the optimum diameter for face-on filling of the NiPc molecules
as discussed previously for the NiTPP molecules filling the nanotubes probed
with the 1.59 eV laser, the up-shift in the G+ modes of the Pc-filled nanotubes
could be a result of filling-induced structural strain.
161
![Page 171: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/171.jpg)
While individually the mechanisms do not entirely explain the observed
shifts in the G+ modes, a combination of the two mechanisms might serve to
explain the majority of the shifts. Not all of the shifts can be accounted for
by these two methods, for example the case of the up-shift observed in the
G band of the SWNTs covered with NiPc molecules acquired with the
3.83 eV laser where no up-shift is observed in the filled sample. It is possible
that this is due to some unknown effect - further study is needed to fully
explain such changes.
162
![Page 172: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/172.jpg)
Chapter 7
Conclusions and future work
7.1 Conclusions
Endohedral functionalization via supercritical CO2 was undertaken in order
to produce encapsulation of compounds that are difficult to encapsulate oth-
erwise due to either their larger size or extreme air sensitivity. For this, two
experimental supercritical CO2 set-ups were developed, one for standard, sta-
ble encapsulants, and the other to enable the anaerobic encapsulation of air-
sensitive systems. Though equipment related technical difficulties prevented
the demonstration of encapsulation of air sensitive molecules (which would
have been the first of its kind were it to have been achieved) encapsulation
of planar molecules of large size (≈ 2 nm) has been achieved. These latter
systems are not suitable for thermally induced, diffusion-based encapsulation
due to their large size. Confinement in nanotubes of optimum diameter pro-
moted ordering of NiTPP molecules in row-like, self-assembled structures;
while disordered molecular arrangement dominated in larger diameter sys-
tems. High yield of molecular filling was also obtained for diameters larger
than an optimum value (of about 2.3 nm), though filling within diameters less
than optimum was also produced at low yield, and involved strong structural
strain to the molecule body.
163
![Page 173: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/173.jpg)
The comparative endo- and exohedral systems (NiPc, ClAlPc and NiTPP)
were chosen so as to induce different degrees of electronic changes in the nan-
otube hosts, which were found to be mostly consistent with a combination
of charge transfer (controlled by the alignment of the molecular HOMO-
LUMO band gap to the energy spectrum of carbon nanotubes) and struc-
tural strain. These changes affect both the RBM and G modes of carbon
nanotubes. NiTPP, ClAlPc and NiPc molecules provided a set of systems
differing by only one specific parameter (e.g. central ion or body type, or size
of the HOMO-LUMO gap). Though the large NiTPP molecules and large
diameter Nanocyl SWNTs are perfectly matched in terms of geometry, the
decrease in size of the nanotubes’ electronic band gap that occurs in wide
Nanocyl nanotubes puts a limit on what can be achieved in terms of doping.
Finally, exohedral functionalization showed some degree of perturbation of
the electonic structure of the nanotubes demonstrating that the molecules
did attach to the outer surface of the nanotube despite perturbation by the
central metal ion of their aromatic system (which is supposed to promote π
stacking).
7.2 Future work
Future work could focus on the following directions:
(i) Comparative Raman/ IR studies where Raman mainly probes the
nanotube sub-system, IR spectroscopy would probe the molecular sub-system.
(ii) ClAlPc molecules possess an electronic dipole, this might effect what
ordering could be obtained inside of carbon nanotube templates, hence par-
allel HRTEM studies could reveal differences compared to their nickel-based
counterparts.
If encapsulated in an ordered form inside of a SWNT, the ClAlPc molecules
with their electronic dipole core could induce a modulated periodic potential
within the nanotube (see Figure 7.1). This could result in negative differen-
tial resistance in electronic transport or scanning tunnelling spectroscopy.
164
![Page 174: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/174.jpg)
Figure 7.1: Electrostatic potential calculated along nanotube for a permanent dipoleperpendicular to the nanotube’s axis [123].
(iii) Another spectroscopic technique which could be employed is tip-
enhanced Raman spectroscopy (TERS). In a typical TERS experiment, a
laser is focused on the end of an AFM cantilever coated with gold - the tip
of the cantilever acts as a nanostructure to produce Raman signal enhance-
ment on a sample surface once the tip has been brought close enough. The
resolution of this process is ≈ 20 nm [124], allowing Raman spectra to be
acquired from very small areas [124,125], hence the local effect of individual
or a small number of encapsulates could be probed. TERS has been used
successfully to acquire Raman spectra from carbon nanotubes [124,125]. Use
of this technique on the nanotube hybrids of this study, if sufficiently dis-
persed, would allow for the nanotubes to be probed in their un-bundled state
and would allow for spectra to be acquired from individual semiconducting
and metallic SWNTs. This would make assessing shifts in the peak positions
of the G- modes much easier.
(iv) Finally, the hybrids produced in this work should possess paramag-
netism. By studying their magnetic properties, new physics may be discov-
ered.
165
![Page 175: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/175.jpg)
Bibliography
[1] S. Iijima et al. Helical microtubules of graphitic carbon. nature,
354(6348):56–58, 1991.
[2] A. K. Geim and K. S. Novoselov. The rise of graphene. Nature mate-
rials, 6(3):183–191, 2007.
[3] M. S. Dresselhaus R. Saito, G. Dresselhaus. Physical Properties of
Carbon Nanotubes. Imperial College Press, 2007.
[4] D. Tasis, N. Tagmatarchis, A. Bianco, and M. Prato. Chemistry of
carbon nanotubes. Chemical Reviews, 106(3):1105–1136, 2006.
[5] D. A. Britz and A. N. Khlobystov. Noncovalent interactions of
molecules with single walled carbon nanotubes. Chem. Soc. Rev.,
35:637–659, 2006.
[6] R. R. Meyer, J. Sloan, R. E. Dunin-Borkowski, A. I. Kirkland, M. C.
Novotny, S. R. Bailey, J. L. Hutchison, and M. L. H. Green. Discrete
atom imaging of one-dimensional crystals formed within single-walled
carbon nanotubes. Science, 289(5483):1324–1326, 2000.
[7] D. A. Britz, A. N. Khlobystov, J. Wang, A. S. O’Neil, M. Poliakoff,
A. Ardavan, and G. A. D. Briggs. Selective host–guest interaction of
single-walled carbon nanotubes with functionalised fullerenes. Chemi-
cal communications, (2):176–177, 2004.
[8] A. Ilie, J. S. Bendall, K. Nagaoka, S. Egger, T. Nakayama, and
S. Crampin. Encapsulated inorganic nanostructures: A route to sizable
modulated, noncovalent, on-tube potentials in carbon nanotubes. ACS
nano, 5(4):2559–2569, 2011.
166
![Page 176: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/176.jpg)
[9] M. Monthioux, E. Flahaut, and J. P. Cleuziou. Hybrid carbon nan-
otubes: Strategy, progress, and perspectives. Journal of materials re-
search, 21(11):2774–2793, 2006.
[10] W. Zhiyong, S. Zujin, and G. Zhennan. New phenomena of materials
confined in nano space. PROGRESS IN CHEMISTRY, 21(11):2435–
2444, 2009.
[11] P. M. F. J. Costa, D. Golberg, M. Mitome, S. Hampel, A. Leonhardt,
B. Buchner, and Y. Bando. Stepwise current-driven release of attogram
quantities of copper iodide encapsulated in carbon nanotubes. Nano
letters, 8(10):3120–3125, 2008.
[12] S. Brahim, S. Colbern, R. Gump, and L. Grigorian. Tailoring gas
sensing properties of carbon nanotubes. Journal of Applied Physics,
104(2):024502–024502, 2008.
[13] J. H. Warner, A. A. R. Watt, L. Ge, K. Porfyrakis, T. Akachi, H. Oki-
moto, Y. Ito, A. Ardavan, B. Montanari, J. H. Jefferson, et al. Dy-
namics of paramagnetic metallofullerenes in carbon nanotube peapods.
Nano letters, 8(4):1005–1010, 2008.
[14] S. Y. Hong, G. Tobias, K. T. Al-Jamal, B. Ballesteros, H. Ali-Boucetta,
S. Lozano-Perez, P. D. Nellist, R. B. Sim, C. Finucane, S. J. Mather,
et al. Filled and glycosylated carbon nanotubes for in vivo radioemitter
localization and imaging. Nature materials, 9(6):485–490, 2010.
[15] A. N. Khlobystov, D. A. Britz, O’neil S. A. Martyn P. Wang, J., and
G.A.D. Briggs. Low temperature assembly of fullerene arrays in single-
walled carbon nanotubes using supercritical fluids. Journal of Materials
Chemistry, 14(19):2852–2857, 2004.
[16] L. Li, A. N. Khlobystov, J. G. Wiltshire, G. A. D. Briggs, and R. J.
Nicholas. Diameter-selective encapsulation of metallocenes in single-
walled carbon nanotubes. Nature materials, 4(6):481–485, 2005.
[17] P. Peumans and S. R. Forrest. Very-high-efficiency double-
heterostructure copper phthalocyanine/c-60 photovoltaic cells. Applied
Physics Letters, 79(1):126–128, 2001.
167
![Page 177: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/177.jpg)
[18] Y. Qiu, Y. Gao, P. Wei, and L. Wang. Organic light-emitting
diodes with improved hole-electron balance by using copper phthalo-
cyanine/aromatic diamine multiple quantum wells. Applied physics
letters, 80(15):2628–2630, 2002.
[19] D. R. Kauffman, O. Kuzmych, and A. Star. Interactions between single-
walled carbon nanotubes and tetraphenyl metalloporphyrins: Corre-
lation between spectroscopic and fet measurements. The Journal of
Physical Chemistry C, 111(9):3539–3543, 2007.
[20] J. De Paula P. Atkins. Physical Chemistry. Oxford University Press,
2006.
[21] A. Ilie. Nanoscience lecture notes.
[22] N. D. Mermin N. W. Ashcroft. Solid State Physics. Brooks/Cole, 1976.
[23] J. Maultzsch S. Reich, C. Thomsen. Carbon Nanotubes Basic Concepts
and Physical Properties. Wiley-VCH, 2004.
[24] A. L. Kalamkarov, A.V. Georgiades, S.K. Rokkam, VP Veedu, and
M.N. Ghasemi-Nejhad. Analytical and numerical techniques to pre-
dict carbon nanotubes properties. International Journal of Solids and
Structures, 43(22):6832–6854, 2006.
[25] Nanodic.com, 2008-2011. armchair nanotube [online]. available from:
http://www.nanodic.com/picturepreview.php?ch=carbon&term=armchair
nanotube&g=4.[accessed november 2013].
[26] J.W. Mintmire and C.T. White. Universal density of states for carbon
nanotubes. Physical Review Letters, 81(12):2506, 1998.
[27] M.S. Dresselhaus, G. Dresselhaus, and A. Jorio. Unusual properties
and structure of carbon nanotubes. Annu. Rev. Mater. Res., 34:247–
278, 2004.
[28] M. S. Dresselhaus, G. Dresselhaus, R. Saito, and A. Jorio. Raman spec-
troscopy of carbon nanotubes. Physics Reports, 409(2):47–99, 2005.
168
![Page 178: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/178.jpg)
[29] S. Niyogi, M. A. Hamon, H. Hu, B. Zhao, P. Bhowmik, R. Sen, M. E.
Itkis, and R. C. Haddon. Chemistry of single-walled carbon nanotubes.
Accounts of Chemical Research, 35(12):1105–1113, 2002.
[30] Z. Chen, W. Thiel, and A. Hirsch. Reactivity of the convex and con-
cave surfaces of single-walled carbon nanotubes (swcnts) towards ad-
dition reactions: Dependence on the carbon-atom pyramidalization.
ChemPhysChem, 4(1):93–97, 2003.
[31] L.A. Girifalco, M. Hodak, and R. S. Lee. Carbon nanotubes, bucky-
balls, ropes, and a universal graphitic potential. Physical Review B,
62(19):13104, 2000.
[32] L.A. Girifalco and M. Hodak. Van der waals binding energies in
graphitic structures. Physical Review B, 65(12):125404, 2002.
[33] G. Stan, M. J. Bojan, S. Curtarolo, S. M. Gatica, and M. W. Cole.
Uptake of gases in bundles of carbon nanotubes. Physical Review B,
62(3):2173, 2000.
[34] J. Wang, M. K. Kuimova, M. Poliakoff, G. A. D. Briggs, and An-
drei N Khlobystov. Encapsulation and ir probing of cube-shaped oc-
tasilasesquioxane h8si8o12 in carbon nanotubes. Angewandte Chemie
International Edition, 45(31):5188–5191, 2006.
[35] K. Muthukumar, H. O. Jeschke, R. Valentı, E. Begun, J. Schwenk,
F. Porrati, and M. Huth. Spontaneous dissociation of co2 (co) 8 and
autocatalytic growth of co on sio2: A combined experimental and the-
oretical investigation. Beilstein Journal of Nanotechnology, 3(1):546–
555, 2012.
[36] K. Schulte, C. Yan, M. Ahola-Tuomi, A . Strozecka, P.J. Moriarty, and
A.N. Khlobystov. Encapsulation of cobalt phthalocyanine molecules in
carbon nanotubes. In Journal of Physics: Conference Series, volume
100, page 012017, 2008.
[37] Computer model of the nitpp molecule produced by dr. adelina ilie
using the software crystalmaker.
169
![Page 179: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/179.jpg)
[38] Computer model of the nitpp molecule inside a (25,0) swcnt of 2nm
diameter produced by dr. adelina ilie using the software crystalmaker.
[39] H. Li, B. Zhou, Y. Lin, L. Gu, W. Wang, K.A. Shiral Fernando, S. Ku-
mar, L. F. Allard, and Y. Sun. Selective interactions of porphyrins
with semiconducting single-walled carbon nanotubes. Journal of the
American Chemical Society, 126(4):1014–1015, 2004.
[40] X. Wang, Y. Liu, W. Qiu, and D. Zhu. Immobilization of tetra-tert-
butylphthalocyanines on carbon nanotubes: a first step towards the
development of new nanomaterials. Journal of Materials Chemistry,
12(6):1636–1639, 2002.
[41] F. Tournus, S. Latil, M. I. Heggie, and J.-C. Charlier. π-stacking inter-
action between carbon nanotubes and organic molecules. Phys. Rev.
B, 72:075431, 2005.
[42] S. Cambre, W. Wenseleers, E. Goovaerts, and D. E. Resasco. Determi-
nation of the metallic/semiconducting ratio in bulk single-wall carbon
nanotube samples by cobalt porphyrin probe electron paramagnetic
resonance spectroscopy. ACS nano, 4(11):6717–6724, 2010.
[43] D.J. Shu and X.G. Gong. Curvature effect on surface diffusion: The
nanotube. The Journal of Chemical Physics, 114:10922, 2001.
[44] H. Kataura, Y. Maniwa, M. Abe, A. Fujiwara, T. Kodama, K. Kikuchi,
H. Imahori, Y. Misaki, S. Suzuki, and Y. Achiba. Optical properties of
fullerene and non-fullerene peapods. Applied Physics A, 74(3):349–354,
2002.
[45] H. Rauf T. Pichler J. Bernardi H. Peterlik L. Korecz F. Flp F. Simon,
H. Kuzmany and A. Jnossy. Low temperature fullerene encapsulation
in single wall carbon nanotubes: synthesis of n@c60@swcnt. Chemical
Physics Letters, 383:362–367, 2004.
[46] K. Suenaga T. Ichihashi A. Hashimoto M. Yudasaka, K. Ajima and
S. Iijima. Nano-extraction and nano-condensation for c60 incorporation
into single-wall carbon nanotubes in liquid phases. Chemical Physics
Letters, 380:42–46, 2003.
170
![Page 180: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/180.jpg)
[47] Occupational safety and health guideline for cobalt carbonyl (u.s. de-
partment of health and human services).
[48] K. Smith. Porphyrins and Metalloporphyrins. Elsevier Scientific Pub-
lishing company, 1975.
[49] A. L. Thomas F. H. Moser. The Phthalocyanines Volume 1 Properties.
CRC Press, 1983.
[50] E. Dujardin, T. W. Ebbesen, H. Hiura, and K. Tanigaki. Capillarity
and wetting of carbon nanotubes. Science, 265(5180):pp. 1850–1852,
1994.
[51] T. W. Ebbesen. Wetting, filling and decorating carbon nanotubes.
Journal of Physics and Chemistry of Solids, 57:951–955, 1996.
[52] R. Malhotra R. S. Ruoff, Doris S. Tse and Donald C. Lorents. Solubility
of fullerene (c60) in a variety of solvents. The Journal of Physical
Chemistry, 97:3379–3383, 1993.
[53] A. Bondi. van der waals volumes and radii. The Journal of Physical
Chemistry, 68:441–451, 1964.
[54] N. A. Lange; J. A. Dean. LANGE’S HANDBOOK OF CHEMISTRY
14th Edition. McGraw-Hill, 1992.
[55] M. Roth, K. Maag, G. M. Schneider, and Dirk T. Solution properties
of c60 and c70 fullerenes and c21 to c40 n-alkanes at infinite dilution in
carbon dioxide from supercritical fluid chromatography. The Journal
of Physical Chemistry B, 105(42):10373–10378, 2001.
[56] S.A. Westwood. Supercritical Fluid extraction and its use on in chro-
matographic sampler preparation. Blackie academic and professional,
1992.
[57] S. Rizvi. Supercritical fluid processing of food and biomaterials. Chap-
man and Hall, 1994.
[58] J. M. DeSimone. Practical approaches to green solvents. Science,
297(5582):799–803, 2002.
171
![Page 181: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/181.jpg)
[59] S. Iijima and T. Ichihashi. Single-shell carbon nanotubes of 1-nm di-
ameter. Nature, 363:603 – 605, 1993.
[60] NanocylTM nc1000 10 march 2009 - v03. Manufacturers data sheet
containing information on the NC1100 nanotubes used in this study.
[61] Y. Li, W. Kim, Y. Zhang, M. Rolandi, D. Wang, and H. Dai. Growth
of single-walled carbon nanotubes from discrete catalytic nanoparticles
of various sizes. The Journal of Physical Chemistry B, 105(46):11424–
11431, 2001.
[62] V. Georgakilas, D. Voulgaris, E. Vazquez, Maurizio P., D. M. Guldi,
A. Kukovecz, and H. Kuzmany. Purification of hipco carbon nanotubes
via organic functionalization. Journal of the American Chemical Soci-
ety, 124(48):14318–14319, 2002.
[63] Y. Feng, H. Zhang, Y. Hou, T. P. McNicholas, D. Yuan, S. Yang,
L. Ding, W. Feng, and Jie Liu. Room temperature purification of few-
walled carbon nanotubes with high yield. ACS nano, 2(8):1634–1638,
2008.
[64] K. Tohji, H. Takahashi, Y. Shinoda, N. Shimizu, B. Jeyadevan, I. Mat-
suoka, Y. Saito, A. Kasuya, S. Ito, and Y. Nishina. Purification proce-
dure for single-walled nanotubes. The Journal of Physical Chemistry
B, 101(11):1974–1978, 1997.
[65] P.M. Ajayan, T.W. Ebbesen, T. Ichihashi, S. Iijima, K.S. Tanigaki, and
H. Hiura. Opening carbon nanotubes with oxygen and implications for
filling. Nature, 362:522 – 525, 1993.
[66] K. Sathiyamoorthy, C. Vijayan, and S. Varma. Nonlinear optical re-
sponse of chloroaluminiumphthalocyanine encapsulated by silica core-
shell particles. Langmuir, 24(14):7485–7491, 2008.
[67] S. Wischnitzer. Introduction to Electron Microscopy. Pergamon Press,
1981.
[68] B. W. Smith and D. E. Luzzi. Electron irradiation effects in single wall
carbon nanotubes. Journal of applied Physics, 90(7):3509–3515, 2001.
172
![Page 182: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/182.jpg)
[69] F. Banhart. Irradiation effects in carbon nanostructures. Reports on
Progress in Physics, 62(8):1181, 1999.
[70] A. Ilie, S. Crampin, L. Karlsson, and M. Wilson. Repair and stabiliza-
tion in confined nanoscale systemsinorganic nanowires within single-
walled carbon nanotubes. Nano Research, 5(12):833–844, 2012.
[71] Crystalmaker,2.0; crystalmaker software: Oxford, 2006.
[72] A. Gomez-Rodrıguez, L. M. Beltran-del Rıo, and R. Herrera-Becerra.
Simulatem: Multislice simulations for general objects. Ultramicroscopy,
110(2):95–104, 2010.
[73] A. Thust C. Kbel. ’TrueImage: Introduction to Focal-Series Recon-
struction’ in Nato Science Series E. Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2005.
[74] K. Schulte, J. C. Swarbrick, N. A. Smith, F. Bondino, E. Magnano,
and A. N. Khlobystov. Assembly of cobalt phthalocyanine stacks inside
carbon nanotubes. Advanced Materials, 19(20):3312–3316, 2007.
[75] S. Okada and H. Segawa. Substituent-control exciton in j-aggregates
of protonated water-insoluble porphyrins. Journal of the American
Chemical Society, 125(9):2792–2796, 2003.
[76] Y. Fujita, S. Bandow, and S. Iijima. Formation of small-diameter car-
bon nanotubes from ptcda arranged inside the single-wall carbon nan-
otubes. Chemical physics letters, 413(4):410–414, 2005.
[77] M. C. Tobin. Laser Raman spectroscopy. Wiley-Interscience, 1971.
[78] P. J. Hendra T. R. Gilson. Laser Raman Spectroscopy. Wiley-
Interscience, 1970.
[79] S. Sasic. Pharmaceutical applications of Raman spectroscopy. Wiley-
Interscience, 2008.
[80] R. Saito, M. Hofmann, G. Dresselhaus, A. Jorio, and M.S. Dresselhaus.
Raman spectroscopy of graphene and carbon nanotubes. Advances in
Physics, 60(3):413–550, 2011.
173
![Page 183: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/183.jpg)
[81] A.M. Rao, E. Richter, S. Bandow, B. Chase, P.C. Eklund, K.A.
Williams, S. Fang, K.R. Subbaswamy, M. Menon, A. Thess, et al.
Diameter-selective raman scattering from vibrational modes in carbon
nanotubes. Science, 275(5297):187–191, 1997.
[82] M. J. OConnell, S. Sivaram, and S. K. Doorn. Near-infrared resonance
raman excitation profile studies of single-walled carbon nanotube in-
tertube interactions: A direct comparison of bundled and individually
dispersed hipco nanotubes. Physical Review B, 69(23):235415, 2004.
[83] S. Piscanec, M. Lazzeri, J. Robertson, A. C. Ferrari, and F. Mauri.
Optical phonons in carbon nanotubes: Kohn anomalies, peierls distor-
tions, and dynamic effects. Physical Review B, 75(3):035427, 2007.
[84] S.D.M. Brown, A. Jorio, P. Corio, M.S. Dresselhaus, G. Dresselhaus,
R. Saito, and K. Kneipp. Origin of the breit-wigner-fano lineshape of
the tangential g-band feature of metallic carbon nanotubes. Physical
Review B, 63(15):155414, 2001.
[85] S. K. Das, A. S.D. Sandanayaka, N. K. Subbaiyan, M. E. Zan-
dler, O. Ito, and F. D’Souza. Functionalization of diameter-sorted
semiconductive swcnts with photosensitizing porphyrins: Syntheses
and photoinduced electron transfer. Chemistry-A European Journal,
18(36):11388–11398, 2012.
[86] H. Zhao, Y. Zhu, C. Chen, L. He, and J. Zheng. Synthesis, charac-
terization, and photophysical properties of covalent-linked ferrocene–
porphyrin–single-walled carbon nanotube triad hybrid. Carbon,
50(13):4894–4902, 2012.
[87] B. Ballesteros, G. de la Torre, C. Ehli, G.M. Aminur Rahman,
F. Agullo-Rueda, D. M. Guldi, and T. Torres. Single-wall carbon nan-
otubes bearing covalently linked phthalocyanines-photoinduced elec-
tron transfer. Journal of the American Chemical Society, 129(16):5061–
5068, 2007.
[88] T. Mugadza and T. Nyokong. Covalent linking of ethylene
amine functionalized single-walled carbon nanotubes to cobalt (ii)
174
![Page 184: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/184.jpg)
tetracarboxyl-phthalocyanines for use in electrocatalysis. Synthetic
Metals, 160(19):2089–2098, 2010.
[89] W. Chidawanyika and T. Nyokong. Characterization of amine-
functionalized single-walled carbon nanotube-low symmetry phthalo-
cyanine conjugates. Carbon, 48(10):2831–2838, 2010.
[90] C. Meyer, C. Besson, R. Frielinghaus, A. Saelhoff, H. Flototto,
L. Houben, P. Kogerler, and C. M. Schneider. Covalent functional-
ization of carbon nanotubes with tetramanganese complexes. physica
status solidi (b), 249(12):2412–2415, 2012.
[91] M.V. Kharlamova, L.V. Yashina, A.A. Eliseev, A.A. Volykhov, V.S.
Neudachina, M.M. Brzhezinskaya, T.S. Zyubina, A.V. Lukashin, and
Yu D Tretyakov. Single-walled carbon nanotubes filled with nickel
halogenides: Atomic structure and doping effect. physica status solidi
(b), 249(12):2328–2332, 2012.
[92] F.H. Monteiro, D.G. Larrude, M.E.H. Maia da Costa, and F.L. Freire.
Estimating the boron doping level on single wall carbon nanotubes
using raman spectroscopy. Materials Letters, 2012.
[93] S. Suzuki and H. Hibino. Characterization of doped single-wall carbon
nanotubes by raman spectroscopy. Carbon, 49(7):2264–2272, 2011.
[94] G. Jayamurugan, K.S. Vasu, Y.B.R.D. Rajesh, S. Kumar, V. Va-
sumathi, P.K. Maiti, A.K. Sood, and N. Jayaraman. Interaction of
single-walled carbon nanotubes with poly (propyl ether imine) den-
drimers. The Journal of Chemical Physics, 134:104507, 2011.
[95] L.G. Moura, L.M. Malard, M.A. Carneiro, P. Venezuela, R. B. Ca-
paz, D. Nishide, Y. Achiba, H. Shinohara, and M.A. Pimenta. Charge
transfer and screening effects in polyynes encapsulated inside single-
wall carbon nanotubes. Physical Review B, 80(16):161401, 2009.
[96] R. B. Koizhaiganova, D. H. Hwang, C. J. Lee, S. Roth, and U. Dettlaff-
Weglikowska. N-type doping effect of single-walled carbon nanotubes
with aromatic amines. physica status solidi (b), 247(11-12):2793–2796,
2010.
175
![Page 185: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/185.jpg)
[97] M.V. Kharlamova and J.J. Niu. Comparison of metallic silver and cop-
per doping effects on single-walled carbon nanotubes. Applied Physics
A, 109(1):25–29, 2012.
[98] A. Ghosh, K. V. Rao, R. Voggu, and S. J. George. Non-covalent func-
tionalization, solubilization of graphene and single-walled carbon nan-
otubes with aromatic donor and acceptor molecules. Chemical Physics
Letters, 488(4):198–201, 2010.
[99] Dr. s. maruyama, 2002. kataura-plot for resonant raman
[online]. department of mechanical engineering, the univer-
sity of tokyo, tokyo. available from: http://www.photon.t.u-
tokyo.ac.jp/ maruyama/kataura/kataura.html [accessed november
20013].
[100] S. Reich, C. Thomsen, and P. Ordejon. Electronic band struc-
ture of isolated and bundled carbon nanotubes. Physical Review B,
65(15):155411, 2002.
[101] F. Hennrich, R. Krupke, S. Lebedkin, K. Arnold, R. Fischer, D. E.
Resasco, and M. M. Kappes. Raman spectroscopy of individual single-
walled carbon nanotubes from various sources. The Journal of Physical
Chemistry B, 109(21):10567–10573, 2005.
[102] A. Ilie, J.S. Bendall, D. Roy, E. Philp, and M.L.H. Green. Effects
of ki encapsulation in single-walled carbon nanotubes by raman and
optical absorption spectroscopy. The Journal of Physical Chemistry B,
110(28):13848–13857, 2006.
[103] M. Steiner, M. Freitag, J. C. Tsang, V. Perebeinos, A. A. Bol, A. V.
Failla, and P. Avouris. How does the substrate affect the raman and
excited state spectra of a carbon nanotube? Applied Physics A,
96(2):271–282, 2009.
[104] Y. Zhang, H. Son, J. Zhang, J. Kong, and Z. Liu. Laser-heating effect
on raman spectra of individual suspended single-walled carbon nan-
otubes. The Journal of Physical Chemistry C, 111(5):1988–1992, 2007.
176
![Page 186: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/186.jpg)
[105] H.D. Li, K.T. Yue, Z.L. Lian, Y. Zhan, L.X. Zhou, S.L. Zhang, Z.J.
Shi, Z.N. Gu, B.B. Liu, R.S. Yang, et al. Temperature dependence of
the raman spectra of single-wall carbon nanotubes. Applied Physics
Letters, 76(15):2053–2055, 2000.
[106] Z. Zhou, X. Dou, L. Ci, L. Song, D. Liu, Y. Gao, J. Wang, L. Liu,
W. Zhou, S. Xie, et al. Temperature dependence of the raman spectra
of individual carbon nanotubes. The Journal of Physical Chemistry B,
110(3):1206–1209, 2006.
[107] A. Jorio, C. Fantini, M.S.S. Dantas, M.A. Pimenta, A.G. Souza Filho,
G. G. Samsonidze, V.W. Brar, G. Dresselhaus, M.S. Dresselhaus, A.K.
Swan, et al. Linewidth of the raman features of individual single-wall
carbon nanotubes. Physical Review B, 66(11):115411, 2002.
[108] N. R. Raravikar, P. Keblinski, A. M. Rao, M. S. Dresselhaus, L. S.
Schadler, and P. M. Ajayan. Temperature dependence of radial breath-
ing mode raman frequency of single-walled carbon nanotubes. Physical
Review B, 66(23):235424, 2002.
[109] C. Fantini, A. Jorio, M. Souza, M.S. Strano, M.S. Dresselhaus, and
M.A. Pimenta. Optical transition energies for carbon nanotubes from
resonant raman spectroscopy: Environment and temperature effects.
Physical review letters, 93(14):147406, 2004.
[110] M. Takase, H. Nabika, S. Hoshina, M. Nara, K. Komeda, R. Shito,
S. Yasuda, and K. Murakoshi. Local thermal elevation probing of metal
nanostructures during laser illumination utilizing surface-enhanced ra-
man scattering from a single-walled carbon nanotube. Phys. Chem.
Chem. Phys., 15(12):4270–4274, 2013.
[111] S. Chiashi, Y. Murakami, Y. Miyauchi, and S. Maruyama. Temperature
dependence of raman scattering from single-walled carbon nanotubes:
Undefined radial breathing mode peaks at high temperatures. Japanese
Journal of Applied Physics-Part 1 Regular Papers and Short Notes,
47(4):2010–2015, 2008.
[112] W. Wenseleers, S. Cambre, J. Culin, A. Bouwen, and E. Goovaerts. Ef-
fect of water filling on the electronic and vibrational resonances of car-
177
![Page 187: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/187.jpg)
bon nanotubes: Characterizing tube opening by raman spectroscopy.
Advanced Materials, 19(17):2274–2278, 2007.
[113] Z. Liu, X. Zhang, Y. Zhang, and J. Jiang. Theoretical investigation of
the molecular, electronic structures and vibrational spectra of a series
of first transition metal phthalocyanines. Spectrochimica Acta Part A:
Molecular and Biomolecular Spectroscopy, 67(5):1232–1246, 2007.
[114] T. Takenobu, T. Takano, M. Shiraishi, Y. Murakami, M. Ata,
H. Kataura, Y. Achiba, and Y. Iwasa. Stable and controlled amphoteric
doping by encapsulation of organic molecules inside carbon nanotubes.
Nature Materials, 2(10):683–688, 2003.
[115] J. Zhu, B. S. Shim, M. Di Prima, and N. A. Kotov. Transparent
conductors from carbon nanotubes lbl-assembled with polymer dopant
with π−π electron transfer. Journal of the American Chemical Society,
133(19):7450–7460, 2011.
[116] M.S. Roy, P. Balraju, Y.S. Deol, S.K. Sharma, and G.D. Sharma.
Charge-transport and photocurrent generation in bulk hetero junc-
tion based on chloro-aluminum phthalocyanine (clalpc) and rose bengal
(rb). Journal of Materials Science, 43(16):5551–5563, 2008.
[117] A. V. Soldatova, J. Kim, X. Peng, A. Rosa, G. Ricciardi, M. E. Kenney,
and M. A. J. Rodgers. Effects of benzoannulation and α octabutoxy
substitution on the photophysical behavior of nickel phthalocyanines:
A combined experimental and dft/tddft study. Inorganic Chemistry,
46(6):2080–2093, 2007.
[118] Y. Zhang, W. Ruan, Z. Li, Y. Wu, and J. Zheng. Dft study on the
influence of< i > meso< /i >-phenyl substitution on the geomet-
ric, electronic structure and vibrational spectra of free base porphyrin.
Chemical physics, 315(1):201–213, 2005.
[119] B. Shan and K. Cho. First principles study of work functions of single
wall carbon nanotubes. Physical review letters, 94(23):236602, 2005.
[120] J. Kong, N. R. Franklin, C. Zhou, M. G. Chapline, S. Peng, K. Cho,
and H. Dai. Nanotube molecular wires as chemical sensors. Science,
287(5453):622–625, 2000.
178
![Page 188: Investigations into hybrids of carbon nanotubes and organo ... · such as metallo-porphyrins are well known as charge donors [19] when intro-duced to a suitable substrate. The metal](https://reader035.vdocuments.us/reader035/viewer/2022070722/5f01d7387e708231d4014c14/html5/thumbnails/188.jpg)
[121] S. Maji and S. Sarkar. Homo based two electrons and one-
electron oxidation in planar and nonplanar methoxy-substituted nickel
tetraphenylporphyrins. Inorganica Chimica Acta, 363(12):2778–2785,
2010.
[122] N. Bendiab, L. Spina, A. Zahab, P. Poncharal, C. Marliere, J.L. Bantig-
nies, E. Anglaret, and J.L. Sauvajol. Combined in situ conductivity
and raman studies of rubidium doping of single-wall carbon nanotubes.
Physical Review B, 63(15):153407, 2001.
[123] A. Ilie, S. Egger, S. Friedrichs, D. Kang, and M. L. H. Green. Correlated
transport and high resolution transmission electron microscopy inves-
tigations on inorganic-filled single-walled carbon nanotubes showing
negative differential resistance. Applied Physics Letters, 91(25):253124–
253124, 2007.
[124] A. Weber-Bargioni, A. Schwartzberg, M. Cornaglia, A. Ismach, J. J.
Urban, Y. Pang, R. Gordon, J. Bokor, M. B. Salmeron, D. F. Ogletree,
et al. Hyperspectral nanoscale imaging on dielectric substrates with
coaxial optical antenna scan probes. Nano letters, 11(3):1201–1207,
2011.
[125] A. Hartschuh, E. J. Sanchez, X. S. Xie, and L. Novotny. High-resolution
near-field raman microscopy of single-walled carbon nanotubes. Phys-
ical Review Letters, (9):095503–1, 2003.
179